Перевод: с греческого на все языки

со всех языков на греческий

at the passes

  • 1 αραβωθ

    N 0-2-0-0-0=2 2 Sm 15,28; 17,16
    = ערבות desert plain 2 Sm 17,16
    *2 Sm 15,28 ἐν αραβωθ = MTq בערבות in the desert plains for MTk בעברות at the passes

    Lust (λαγνεία) > αραβωθ

  • 2 ὅς

    ὅς [(A)], ἥ, ὅ, gen. οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc. ; dat. pl. οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, gen. ὅου (prob. replacing Οο) in the phrases
    A

    ὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ' ὀλεῖται Il.2.325

    , h.Ap. 156 ;

    ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον Od.1.70

     (elsewh.

    οὗ Il. 7.325

    , al., never οἷο); fem.

    ἕης Il.16.208

     (perh. imitation of ὅου; elsewh. only

    ἧς 5.265

    , al.); dat. pl. οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Hom.):—Pron. used,
    A as demonstr. by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Art. ὁ, ἡ, τό : in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases.
    B as a Relat. by the side of the Art. ὅ, ἥ, τό (v. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstr. and Relat. Pron. must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Skt. Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lith. jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).)
    A DEMONSTR. PRON., = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that; also, he, she, it:
    I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nom. masc. and neut. ὅς, ὅ, and perh. nom. fem. ἥ and nom. pl. οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό ([etym.] ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codd. have ἥ in Il.17.551, Od. 24.255, al., and this (as also οἵ ) can be referred equally to either (on the accent v. ὁ, ἡ, τό): with γάρ or

    καί, ὃς γὰρ δεύτατος ἦλθεν 1.286

     ;

    ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς δείδοικε Il.21.198

     ;

    ὃ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων Od.24.190

    , Il.23.9, cf. 12.344 : freq. used emphatically in apodosi, mostly with οὐδέ or μηδέ before it,

    μηδ' ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ' ὃς φύγοι Il.6.59

    , cf. 7.160, Od.4.653 : after a part., εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Hes.Op.22.
    II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms:
    1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Hdt.7.18, X.Smp.1.15, Pl. Phd. 118, Prt. 310d ; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Hdt.8.56,87, Pl. Smp. 201e, X.An.7.6.4.
    2

    ὃς καὶ ὅς

     such and such a person,

    Hdt.4.68

    :—here also the Art. supplied the obl. cases.
    3 ἦ δ' ὅς, ἦ δ' ἥ, said he, said she, v. ἠμί.
    4 in oppositions, where it sts. answers to the Art.,

    Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ.. Phoc.1

     ;

    ὃς μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.. Mosch.3.76

    ;

    ὃ μὲν.., ὃς δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃς δὲ.. Bion 1.81

     ; so

    τῷ μὲν.., ᾧ δὲ.., ᾧ δὲ.. AP6.187

     (Alph.); ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neut.) Ev.Matt.13.8 ;

    ἂ μὲν.., ἃ δὲ.. Heraclit.102

    , Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.110 ;

    ὧν μὲν.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.99

     ;

    πόλεις ἃς μὲν.., ἃς δὲ.. D.18.71

     (as v. l.): so in [dialect] Dor. dat. fem. as Adv.,

    ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Tab.Heracl.1.81

     ;

    ἐφ' ὧν μὲν.., ἐφ' ὧν δὲ.. Arist.EN 1109a1

     : very freq. in late Prose, Arr.Epict.3.25.1, etc.: also answering to other Prons.,

    ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.31.6

     ;

    ἐφ' ᾧ μὲν.., ἐπὶ θατέρῳ δὲ.. Arist. HA 564a21

    , etc.
    B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Hom. also ὁ, ἡ, τό), we find in common use the compd. forms ὅστε, ὅστις and ὅτις, ὅσπερ and ὅπερ, ὅς γε (q. v.).
    0-0USAGE of the Relat. Pron. (the foll. remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relat.):
    I in respect of CONCORD.—Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or Pron. in the antec. clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions:
    1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antec.,

    φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Il.22.87

    ;

    τέκνων, οὓς ἤγαγε E.Supp.12

     : so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is freq. put in pl. in the gender implied in the Noun,

    λαόν.., οὕς.. Il.16.369

     ; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Th.6.91,3.4 ;

    πλήθει, οἵπερ.. Pl.Phdr. 260a

     ; esp. after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who..) Od.23.319 ;

    τὰς Ἀθήνας, οἵ γε.. Hdt.7.8

    .

    β' ; Μέγαρα.., οὓς.. Th.6.94

    : it also may agree with the Noun or Pron. implied in an Adj., Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ' ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., S.Ant. 1137 (lyr.); τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., E.HF 157;

    τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπεισόδου, ὅν..

     of me whom..,

    S.OC 731

    ; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ' ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ' ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, D.20.8.
    2 when the antec. Noun in sg. implies a class, the Relat. is sts. in pl., ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.. ) Od.19.40 ;

    κῆτος, ἃ μυρία βόσκει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη

     one of the thousands, which..,

    12.97

     ;

    αὐτουργός, οἵπερ..

     one of those who..,

    E.Or. 920

    : rare in Prose,

    ἀνὴρ καλός τε κἀγαθός, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει γεγονώς D.18.310

    , cf. Lys.1.32.
    3 reversely, the sg. Relat. may follow a pl. antec., where the relat. clause refers to each individual ; but in this case ὅστις or ὃς ἄν is mostly used, ἀνθρώπους τίνυσθον, ὅ τις κ' ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ, for ἀνθρώπων τινά, ὅς κε.., Il.3.279 ; πάντα.., ὅ τι νοοίης, i.e. anything which.., Ar.Nu. 1381 : rarely ὅς alone, τὰ λίνεα [ ὅπλα], τοῦ τάλαντον ὁ πῆχυς εἷλκε a cubit's length where of.., Hdt.7.36.
    4 the Relat. is sts. in the neut., agreeing rather with the notion implied in the antec. than with the Noun itself, διὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ὃ πᾶσα φύσις διώκειν πέφυκεν for profit's sake—a thing which.., Pl.R. 359c, cf. Lg. 849d;

    τοὺς Φωκέας, ὃ σιωπᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν

     a name which..,

    D.19.44

     ; γυναῖκας, ἐφ' ὅπερ.. women, for dealings with whom, E.Ba. 454.
    5 with Verbs of naming, the Relat. freq. agrees with the name added as a predicate, rather than with the antec.,

    ξίφος, τὸν ἀκινάκην καλέουσι Hdt.7.54

    ;

    τὴν ἄκρην, αἳ καλεῦνται Κληΐδες Id.5.108

    , cf. 2.17, 124, etc.
    II in respect of CONSTRUCTION.—Prop., the Relat. is governed by the Noun or Verb in its own clause.—But it is freq. thrown by attraction into the case of the antec. (prob. not in Hom., ἧς in Il.5.265, cf. 23.649, can be expld. otherwise), ἀπὸ παιδεύσιος, τῆς ἐπεπαίδευτο (for τῇ or τήν) Hdt.4.78; freq. in [dialect] Att., Th.7.21, etc.: esp. where a Demonstr. Pron. is unexpressed, while the Relat. takes its case, οὐδὲν ὧν λέγω (for οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ λ.) S.El. 1048, 1220, etc.; ξὺν ᾧπερ εἶχον οἰκετῶν (for ξὺν τούτῳ ὅνπερ) Id.OC 334 ; ἀνθ' ὧν ἂν ἐμοὶ δανείσῃς (for ἀντὶ τούτων ἅ.. ) X.Cyr.3.1.34 ; πρὸς οἷς ἐκτήσαντο (for πρὸς τούτοις ἅ.. ) Pl.Grg. 519a, etc.: the Demonstr. Pron. sts follows,

    ἀφ' ὧν ἐγένεσθε ἀγαθοί, ἀπὸ τούτων ὠφελεῖσθαι Th.3.64

    , cf. D.8.23,26.—This attraction is rare, exc. when the acc. passes into the gen. or dat. (v. supr.): sts. nom. is so attracted, οὐδὲν εἰδότες τῶν ἦν (for τούτων ἃ ἦν) Hdt.1.78; ἀφ' ὧν παρεσκεύασται (for ἀπὸ τούτων ἃ π.) Th.7.67: also dat., ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς (for τούτων οἷς.. ) Pl.Grg. 509a.
    b reversely the antec. passes into the case of the Relat., φυλακὰς δ' ἃς εἴρεαι.., οὔτις (for φυλακῶν.. οὔτις) Il.10.416; τὰς στήλας, τὰς ἵστα, αἱ πλεῦνες.. (for τῶν στηλῶν.. αἱ πλεῦνες) Hdt.2.106: so also when the Noun follows the Relat. clause, it may be put in apposition with the Relat.,

    Κύκλωπος κεχόλωται, ὃν ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀλάωσεν, ἀντίθεον Πολύφημον Od.1.69

    , cf. 4.11, Il.3.123, A.Th. 553, E.Hec. 771, 986, Hipp. 101, etc.
    2 the Demonstr. Pron. or the Noun with an Art. is sts. transferred to the Relat. clause, Ἰνδὸν ποταμόν, ὃς κροκοδείλους δεύτερος οὗτος.. παρέχεται the river Indus, being the second river which.., Hdt.4.44;

    σφραγῖδα.., ἣν ἐπὶ δέλτῳ τήνδε κομίζεις E.IA 156

     (anap.);

    φοβούμεθα δέ γε.. δόξαν.., ὃν δὴ καὶ καλοῦμεν τὸν φόβον ἡμεῖς γε αἰσχύνην Pl.Lg. 647a

    .
    3 the Relat. in all cases may govern a partit. gen., ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε.. any one of the immortals who.., Od.15.35, cf. 25,5.448, etc.;

    οἳ.. τῶν ἀστῶν Hdt.7.170

     ;

    οὓς.. βαρβάρων A.Pers. 475

     ;

    ᾧ.. τῶν ἡνιόχων Pl. Phdr. 247b

     : freq. in neut., ἐς ὃ δυνάμιος to what a height of power, Hdt.7.50 ; οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ κάμνει τοῦ λόγου; what part of thy speech, E. Ion 363; ᾧπερ τῆς τέχνης ἐπίστευον in which particular of their art.., Th. 7.36 ; τὰ μακρὰ τείχη, ἃ σφῶν.. εἶχον which portion of their territory, Id.4.109, etc.: rarely in such forms as ἕξουσι δ' ἣν λάβωσιν ἐν ταφῇ χθονός (for ὃ χθονός) A.Th. 819 ( χθόνα cj. Brunck).
    III in respect of the Moods which follow the Relat.:
    1 when the Relat. is equivalent to καί + demonstr. (ὅς = and he..) any mood may follow which may be found in independent clauses: ἦλθε τὸ ναυτικὸν τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων, ὃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἰδὼν ἐφοβήθη; Lys.2.34 ;

    ὁ δ' εἰς τὸ σῶφρον ἐπ' ἀρετήν τ' ἄγων ἔρως ζηλωτὸς ἀνθρώποισιν· ὧν εἴην ἐγώ E.Fr. 672

     ;

    ἐλπίς, ᾗ μόνῃ σωθεῖμεν ἄν Id.Hel. 815

     ; εἰς καλὸν ἡμῖν Ἄνυτος ὅδε παρεκαθέζετο, ᾧ μεταδῶμεν τῆς σκέψεως to whom let us.., Pl.Men. 89e ; ὃν ὑμεῖς.. νομίσατε which I would have you think.., Lys.19.61: so the inf. in orat. obliq., ἔτι δὲ.. προσετίθει χρήματα οὐκ ὀλίγα, οἷς χρήσεσθαι αὐτούς (sc. ἔφη) Th.2.13: for the inf. after ἐφ' ᾧ τε, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.
    2 after ὅς, ὅστις, = whoever, in collective hypothetical sense (= if A + if B + if C..), the same moods are used as after εἰ:
    a [tense] pres. ind.,

    τῷδ' ἔφες ἀνδρὶ βέλος.. ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει Il.5.175

     ;

    κλῦθι, ἄναξ, ὅτις ἐσσί Od.5.445

     ; δουληΐην.., ἥτις ἐστί (as we say) whatever it is, Hdt.6.12 ; ὅ τι ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνή ἐστι πλὴν παιδίων all that are man and woman, Id.2.60 ;

    Ζεύς, ὅστις ποτ' ἐστίν A.Ag. 160

     (lyr.): also after

    ὅς, ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὃς πενίῃ εἴκων ἀπατήλια βάζει Od.14.157

    , etc.
    b subj. with ἄν ([etym.] κεν) or, in poetry, without ἄν:

    ξυνίει ἔπος ὅττι κεν εἴπω 19.378

     ;

    οὐ δηναιὸς ὃς ἀθανάτοισι μάχηται Il.5.407

     :—in such cases the opt. is used after secondary tenses,

    Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅς τις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ 15.731

    , cf. Hes.Sc. 480 ;

    πάντας ἑξῆς, ὅτῳ ἐντύχοιεν,.. κτείνοντες Th.7.29

    , cf. Pl.Ap. 21a, etc.
    c sts. opt. without ἄν after a primary tense,

    ὃν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν S.Ant. 666

     ; after an opt.,

    ἔρδοι τις ἣν ἕκαστος εἰδείη τέχνην Ar.V. 1431

    .
    IV peculiar Idioms:
    1 in Homer and correct writers, when two coordinate Relat. clauses were joined by καί or δέ, the Relat. Pron. was freq. replaced in the second clause by the demonstr. even though the case was changed, ἄνδρα.., ὃς μέγα πάντων Ἀργείων κρατέει καί οἱ πείθονται Ἀχαιοί (for καὶ ᾧ) Il.1.78 ; ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον.. · Θόωσα δέ μιν τέκε νύμφη (for ὃν τέκε) Od.1.70, cf. 14.85, etc. ; and this sts. even without the demonstr. being expressed, δοίη δ' ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι καί οἱ κεχαρισμένος ἔλθοι (for καὶ ὅς οἱ) 2.54, cf. 114 ; οὕς κεν ἐΰ γνοίην καί τ' οὔνομα μυθησαίμην (for καὶ ὧν) Il.3.235 ; ᾗ χαλκὸς μὲν ὑπέστρωται, χαλκὸν δ' ἐπίεσται (nom. supplied) Orac. ap. Hdt.1.47 ;

    ἃς ἐπιστήμας μὲν προσείπομεν.., δέονται δὲ ὀνόματος ἄλλου Pl.R. 533d

    .
    2 the neut. of the Relat. is used in [dialect] Att. to introduce a clause qualifying the whole of the principal clause which follows: the latter clause is commonly introduced by γάρ, ὅτι, εἰ, ἐπειδή, etc.,

    ὃ δὲ δεινότατόν γ' ἐστὶν ἁπάντων, ὁ Ζεὺς γὰρ.. ἕστηκεν κτλ. Ar.Av. 514

    , cf. D.19.211, etc.;

    ὃ δὲ πάντων σχετλιώτατον, εἰ.. βουλευσόμεθα Isoc.6.56

     ;

    ὃ μὲν πάντων θαυμαστότατον ἀκοῦσαι, ὅτι.. Pl. R. 491b

    , cf.Ap. 18c: also without any Conj.,

    ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατόν ἐστι, τοιοῦτος ὢν κτλ. And.4.16

    ;

    ὃ δ' ἠπάτα σε πλεῖστον.., ηὔχεις κτλ. E.El. 938

    : c. inf.,

    ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, τὴν ἀδελφὴν ὑποδέξασθαι Lys.19.33

     (but ὑποδέξασθαι < δεῖ> is prob. cj.), etc.:—so also the neut. pl. ἅ may mean with reference to that which, ἃ δ'.. ἐστί σοι λελεγμένα, πᾶν κέρδος ἡγοῦ.. as to what has been said.., E.Med. 453, cf. Hdt.3.81, S.OT 216, Ar.Eq. 512, etc.
    3 in many instances the Gr. Relat. must be resolved into a Conj. and Pron., θαυμαστὸν ποιεῖς, ὃς ἡμῖν οὐδὲν δίδως (= ὅτι σὺ) X.Mem.2.7.13, cf. Lys.7.23 codd., Pl.Smp. 204b, etc.: very freq. in conditional clauses, for εἴ or

    ἐάν τις, βέλτερον ὃς... προφύγῃ κακόν, ἠὲ ἁλώῃ Il.14.81

    , cf. Hes.Op. 327 ;

    συμφορὰ δ', ὃς ἂν τύχῃ κακῆς γυναικός E.Fr. 1056

     ;

    τὸ δ' εὐτυχές, οἳ ἂν.. λάχωσι κτλ. Th.2.44

    ;

    τὸ καλῶς ἄρξαι τοῦτ' εἶναι, ὃς ἂν τὴν πατρίδα ὠφελήσῃ Id.6.14

    .
    4 the Relat. freq. stands where we should use a final Conj. or the inf., ἄγγελον ἧκαν, ὃς ἀγγείλειε sent a messenger to tell.., Od. 15.458 ;

    κλητοὺς ὀτρύνομεν, οἵ κε τάχιστα ἔλθωσ'

     that they may..,

    Il. 9.165

     : and freq. with [tense] fut. ind., πρέσβεις ἄγουσα, οἵπερ φράσουσι (v.l. φράσωσι) to tell.., Th.7.25 ;

    πέμψον τιν', ὅστις σημανεῖ E.IT 1209

     (troch.), cf. X.HG2.3.2, Mem.2.1.14: so with [tense] fut. opt.,

    ὀργάνου, ᾧ τὴν τροφὴν δέξοιτο Pl.Ti. 33c

    : also for ὥστε, after οὕτω, ὧδε, etc., οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω μῶρος, ὃς θανεῖν ἐρᾷ (for ὥστε ἐρᾶν) S.Ant. 220, cf. Hdt.4.52, E.Alc. 198, Ar.Ach. 737, etc.
    5 ὅς is freq. used where we should expect οἷος, as μαθὼν ὃς εἶ φύσιν what thou art, S.Aj. 1259, cf. E.Alc. 640, Pl. Euthd. 283d, etc.
    6 ὅς is sts. = ὅστις or τις in indirect clauses,

    γνώσῃ.. ὅς.. ἡγεμόνων κακὸς ἠδ' ὅς κ' ἐσθλὸς ἔῃσι Il.2.365

     (perh. felt as Relat.); ὃς ἦν ὁ ἀναδέξας, οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν I cannot tell who it was that.., Hdt.6.124 ;

    γενομένης λέσχης ὃς γένοιτο.. ἄριστος Id.9.71

     (in 4.131,6.37,7.37, τί θέλει ([etym.] θέλοι ) has been conjectured for τὸ of the Mss.); so in [dialect] Att.,

    ἐγῷδ' ὅς ἐστι, Κλεισθένης ὁ Σιβυρτίου Ar.Ach. 118

    , cf. 442, Av. 804, Pl.59, 369, S.OT 1068, OC 1171 ;

    πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, εἰπὼν ὃς ἦν X.Cyr.6.1.46

    , cf. D.52.7;

    δηλώσας ὃς ἦν Arist.Po. 1452a26

     ;

    γράψας παρ' οὗ κομιούμεθα PCair.Zen.150.11

     (iii B. C.).
    b later ὅς = τίς even in direct questions, ἐφ' ὃ πάρει ; Ev.Matt.26.50 ; ἣν δοκεῖς; Arr.Epict.4.1.120 (both dub.).
    7 in exclamations,

    ὦ Ἡράκλεις, ἃ πέπονθα Men.Epit. 146

    .     0-1A a. the Relat. Pron. joined with Particles or Conjs.:
    I ὅς γε, v. ὅσγε.
    II ὃς δή, v. δή 11.2 ; ὃν δήποτε τρόπον in some way or other, Arist.Metaph. 1090a6 ; ὁδήποτε, ἁδήποτε, anything or things whatever, Id.EN 1167a35, 1164a25 ; [full] ὁσδηποτοῦν, Euc.Phaen.p.10 M., Dsc.5.10, Jul.Or.1.18c, IG22.1121.30 (iv A. D.); [full] ὁσδηποτεοῦν, IGRom. 4.915 (Cibyra, i A. D.), IG22.1368.133 (ii A. D.); [full] ὁσδητισοῦν (in [dialect] Boeot. form ὁσδειτισῶν), ib.7.3081.5 (Lebad.) ; [full] ὁσποτοῦν, Dicaearch.2.4.
    III ὃς καί, v. καί B. 6; but καὶ ὅς and who (which), D.23.68.
    2

    Ἀπολλώνιον ὃν καὶ Φᾶβι A.

    , called also Ph., Wilcken Chr.11 A52 (ii B. C.), etc.: for nom. sg. masc. v. καί B. 2.
    IV ὅς κε or κεν, [dialect] Att. ὃς ἄν, whosoever, who if any.., v. ἄν B. 1.2.
    2 ὅς κε is also used so as to contain the antec. in itself, much like εἴ τις as νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδὲν κλαίειν, ὅς κε θάνῃσι I am not wroth that men should weep for whoever be dead, Od.4.196: ὅστις is also used in this way, cf.

    ὅστις 1

    .
    V ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, v. sub vocc.     0-2A b. abs. usages of certain Cases of the Relat. Pron.:
    I gen. sg. οὗ, of Place,
    1 like ὅπου, where, A.Pers. 486, S.OC 158 (lyr.), etc.;

    οὗ δή A.Pr. 814

    , v.l. in Pl.Phdr. 248b, etc.;

    οὗπερ A.Th. 1016

    , S. Aj. 1237, OC77, etc.; also of circumstances,

    οὗ γὰρ τοιούτων δεῖ, τοιοῦτός εἰμ' ἐγώ Id.Ph. 1049

     ;

    εἰ γένοιο οὗ νῦν εἰμί Pl.Smp. 194a

    , etc.;

    ἔστιν οὗ

     in some places,

    E.Or. 638

     ;

    οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ..

     in some places.., in others..,

    Arist.Oec. 1345b34

     : c. gen., οὐκ εἶδεν οὗ γῆς εἰσέδυ in what part of the earth, E.IA[ 1583];

    ἐννοεῖς οὗ ἐστὶ.. τοῦ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι Pl.Men. 84a

     ;

    συνιδὼν οὗ κακῶν ἦν Luc.Tox.17

    .
    2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) X.An.2.1.6 ; so

    οὗπερ προσβεβοηθήκει Th.2.86

    , cf. 1.134 ; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) X.Cyr.5.4.14 (dub. l.);

    ἐπειδὰν ἱζήσωμεν οὗ ἄγεις Philostr.Her.Prooem.13

    : in later Gr. οὗ was used simply for οἷ, οὗπερ ἂν ἔλθῃ Tim069, cf. Ev.Luc.10.1, etc.: but in early writers this is f. l., as in D.21.74, etc.
    II dat. fem. ᾗ, [dialect] Dor. ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, v. ᾗ.
    III old loc. οἷ, as Adv., v. οἷ.
    2 old abl. (?) ὧ, in [dialect] Dor. (cf. ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ ( whence)

    μ' ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Theoc.3.11

     ;

    ἐν τᾷ πόλι, ὧ κ' ᾖ, καρῡξαι ἐν τἀγορᾷ IG9(1).334.21

     ([dialect] Locr., v B. C.).
    2 in [dialect] Att. ὅ, for which reason, E.Hec.13, Ph. 155, 263, Ar.Ec. 338: also acc. neut. pl. ἅ in this sense, S.Tr. 137 (lyr.), Isoc.8.122.
    3 whereas, Th.2.40,3.12, Ep.Rom.6.10, Ep.Gal.2.20.
    V

    ἀφ' οὗπερ

     from the time that..,

    A.Pers. 177

    .
    VI ἐφ' ᾧ, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.
    ------------------------------------
    ὅς [(B)], ἥ, ὅν (not ὅ, v. Il.1.609,21.305, Od.11.515), gen.
    A

    οἷο Il.3.333

    , Od.1.330, al.,

    οὗ 23.150

    , al. ; Cret. [full] ϝός Leg.Gort.1.18,al., SIG 1183 ; so in [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.Supp.1.6, Lyr.Adesp.32, cf. A.D.Pron. 107.11 :—POSSESS. PRON.:
    I of the 3 pers., his, her, put either before or after its Noun, ᾧ πενθερῷ, ὃν θυμόν, etc., Il.6.170, 202, etc. ;

    ἧς ἀρχῆς IG12.761

     ; πόσιος οὗ, πατέρι ᾧ, Od.23.150,3.39, etc.: sts. also with Art.,

    τὰ ἃ κῆλα Il.12.280

     ;

    τὰ ἃ δώματα Od.14.153

    , etc.; also in Lyr., Pi.O.5.8, P.6.36 (elsewh. Pi. prefers ἑός), B.5.47: sts. in Trag.,

    λέσχας ἇς A.Eu. 367

     (lyr.);

    ὧν παίδων S.OC 1639

     (iamb.);

    ἐκγόνοισιν οἷς E.Med. 955

     (iamb.): with Art.,

    λιτῶν τῶν ὧν A.Th. 641

     ;

    ὅπλων τῶν ὧν S.Aj. 442

    ;

    τῶν ὧν τέκνων Id.Tr. 266

    , cf. 525 (lyr.);

    τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ Id.OT 1248

    : so in Cret. Prose,

    τὰ ϝὰ αὐτᾶς Leg.Gort. 2.46

     ; in Thgn.1009, ὧν αὐτοῦ κτεάνων is to be restd. for τῶν.. from IG12.499 ; once in Hdt.,

    γυναῖκα ἥν 1.205

    ; never in [dialect] Att. Prose.
    II of the 2 pers., for σός, thy, thine, Hes.Op. 381, AP7.539 (Pers.), Mosch.4.77(dub. in Hom., v. infr.); and
    III of the I pers., for ἐμός, my, mine, Od.9.28,13.320, A.R.4.1015, 1036.—Signfs. II and III were denied for Homer by Aristarch., see esp. A.D.Pron.109.20 ; in Od.9.28 and 34 he (or at least A. D. l.c.) rendered ἧς γαίης and πατρίδος 'a man's own fatherland', and athetized Od.13.320: in Il.14.221, 264,16.36,19.174, al., φρεσὶ σῇσιν has better Ms. authority than φρεσὶν ᾗσιν; and in Od.15.542, cf. 1.402, δώμασι σοῖσιν than δώμασιν οἷσιν; v. ἑός. (Cogn. with Skt. σϝάς 'his (my, thy) own', Slav. stem. svo- (used of all 3 persons, as in Skt.): I.-E. swo- was related to I.-E. sewo-, v. ἑός.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅς

  • 3 πύλη

    πύλη [ῠ], ἡ, prop.
    A one wing of a pair of double gates,

    ὀλίγον τι παρακλίναντες τὴν ἑτέρην π. Hdt.3.156

    : mostly in pl., gates of a town (whereas θύρα = house-door),

    Σκαιαὶ π. Il.3.145

    , etc.;

    π. εὖ ἀραρυίας 7.339

    ;

    πύκα στιβαρῶς ἀραρυίας 12.454

    ;

    πεπταμένας ἐν χερσὶ π. ἔχετε 21.531

    ; ἄνεσάν τε π. καὶ ἀπῶσαν ὀχῆας ib. 537;

    π. ἀνοῖξαι A.Ag. 604

    ;

    π. κλῇσαι Pl.R. 560c

     (the Art. is freq. omitted even in Prose): pl. of several gates, A.Th. 125; ἐν πύλαις in or at the gates, ib. 160, 213 (both lyr.), al.; πρὸς πύλαις ib. 377, 457;

    ἐπὶ ταῖς πύλαισιν, οὗ τὸ τάριχος ὤνιον Ar.Eq. 1247

    .
    2 in Trag. sts. of the house-door,

    δωμάτων πύλαι A.Ch. 732

    , cf. 561; γυναικείους π. gate or door leading to the women's apartments, ib. 878;

    πύλαις διπλαῖς ἐνήλατο S.OT 1261

    ;

    ἐκτὸς αὐλείων πυλῶν Id.Ant.18

    : also in sg., ib. 1186, El. 818; of the door of a tent, Id.Aj.11;

    πύλης ἄναξ θυρωρέ Id.Fr. 775

    .
    3 πύλαι Ἀΐδαο the gates of the nether world, periphr.for hell, Il.5.646,9.312, Od.14.156;

    Ἅιδου πύλαι A.Ag. 1291

    , cf. Ev.Matt.16.18, etc.; also

    σκότου πύλαι E.Hec.1

    ;

    νερτέρων π. Id.Hipp. 1447

    .
    4 custom-house, PTeb.5.34 (ii B.C.); τετελώνηται διὰ πύλης has paid the customs, BGU 1592(iii A.D.), etc.;

    τὸ σύμβολον τῆς ἱερᾶς Συηνιτικῆς π. PStrassb.79.10

     (i B.C.);

    μισθωταὶ ἱερᾶς π. Σοήνης Ostr. 106

    (ii A.D.), al., cf. Ostr.Bodl.v C 1 (ii A.D.),
    II generally, entrance, orifice,

    ἀμφὶ πύλας ἰσθμοῖο Emp.100.19

    ;

    ἀναπεπταμένας ἔχω τῶν ὤτων τὰς π. Ath.4.169a

    ;

    πύλας τοῖς ὠσὶν ἐπίθεσθε Pl.Smp. 218b

    ; ἡλίου πύλαι, Pythag. name for the eyes, D.L.8.29; portal fissure of the liver,

    π. καὶ δοχαὶ χολῆς E.El. 828

    , cf. Hp.Epid. 2.4.1, Anat.1, Pl.Ti. 71c, Arist.HA 496b32, Gal.15.145; portal vein of the liver, Ruf.Onom. 179, Gal.2.785,5.542.
    b pl., of the carceres in the circus, Aristid.1.124J.
    c metaph.,

    πύλας ὕμνων ἀναπιτνάμεν Pi.O.6.27

    ;

    ἐπέων π. B.Fr.4

    ;

    ἐν πύλαις γήρως D.C.57.24

    , cf. 76.7.
    2 entrance into a country through mountains, pass, Hdt.5.52: hence, Πύλαι, αἱ, the common name for Θερμοπύλαι, the Gates of Greece, Id.7.201, etc.: of other passes,

    π. τῆς Κιλικίας καὶ τῆς Συρίας X.An.1.4.4

    ; αἱ Σύριαι π. ib.5; αἱ Κάσπιαι π. Str.11.12.1;

    π. Λύδιαι Id.13.1.65

    ; Ἀμανίδες π. Id.14.5.18, 16.2.8 (

    αἱ Ἀμανικαὶ καλούμεναι Arr.An.2.7.1

    ): these passes were sometimes really barred by gates, Hdt.7.176, cf. 3.117, 5.52, X. l.c.: the Isthmus is called πόντοιο πύλαι, Pi.N.10.27;

    Κορίνθου π. Id.O.9.86

    ;

    αἱ π. τῆς Πελοποννήσου X.Ages.2.17

    ; Πέλοπος νάσου θεόδματοι π. B.p.437 J.
    3 of narrow straits, by which one enters a broad sea, Πύλαι Γαδειρίδες the Straits of Gibraltar, Pi.Fr. 256; ἐπ' αὐταῖς στενοπόροις λίμνης π., of the Thracian Bosporus, A.Pr. 729; ἐν πύλαις, of the Euripus, E.IA 803.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πύλη

  • 4 ὡς

    ὡς:—Summary:
    A as ADVERB of Manner.
    Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.
    Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.
    Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.
    Ad ὡς temporal, when.
    Ae ὡς Local, where,
    B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.
    C, D various usages.
    A ADVERB of Manner:
    Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.;

    ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20

    a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a;

    ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888

    , al.
    2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76;

    οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386

    : the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.);

    κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11

     (iv A. D.);

    δουλεύων καθὼς καὶ ὧς GDI2160

     (Delph., ii B. C.); Thess.

    καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1

     (iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.
    3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8;

    οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151

    -5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.
    4 thus, for instance, Od.5.129, h.Ven. 218; ὥς shd. be accented in Od.5.121, 125.
    Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (

    φὴ Zenod.

    ): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form ὥ (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:
    I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced by

    ὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462

    :

    ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389

    , cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.;

    ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2

    : ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20;

    θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78

    ;

    οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299

    : where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com.,

    Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151

    , cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.
    2 like as, just as,

    ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326

    , v. supr. Aa. 3.
    3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον)

    οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344

    ; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα)

    εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172

    ;

    τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105

    ;

    τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130

    ; so in Trag.,

    σοὶ θεοὶ πόροιεν ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω S.OC 1124

    ;

    ὡς ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔστιν ὑμῶν ὅστις ἐξ ἴσου νοσεῖ Id.OT60

    ; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278;

    τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72

    ; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν)

    βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9

     (Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.
    4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d;

    ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c

    ; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.
    II with Adverbial clauses:
    1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν)

    τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5

    , cf. 1.65;

    ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76

    ; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.
    2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3)

    ὡς ἐμοί Id.Aj. 395

     (lyr.); so

    ὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41

     and

    ὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801

    ;

    ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2

    ; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases as

    οὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8

    ; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31;

    ὡς ἀνθρώποις Alcmaeon 1

    ; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118;

    μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20

    , cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.;

    ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31

    ; also with

    ἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135

     codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.
    3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as,

    ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88

    ;

    ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25

    ;

    ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d

    .— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.
    III with Adverbs:
    a with the Posit.,

    ὡς ἀληθῶς

     truly,

    Pl.Phdr. 234e

     (cf.

    ἀληθής 111.1b

    : as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452;

    ὡς ὁμοίως SIG708.34

     (Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.);

    ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9

    , 340.2;

    ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26

    ;

    ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27

    , D.6.32;

    ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53

     (iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does ὁ in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.
    b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as

    θαυμαστῶς μοι εἶπες ὡς παρα' δόξαν Pl.Phd. 95a

    ;

    ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c

    , cf. Phd. 99d.
    c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be,

    ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141

    , etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104;

    ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189

    ; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed,

    ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153

    ;

    ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50

    ;

    μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6

    ;

    ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d

    ; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous,

    ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a

    ;

    βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17

     (ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.
    d with [comp] Comp.,

    ὡς θᾶσσον Plb.1.66.1

    , 3.82.1.
    e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly,

    ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34

    ; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d;

    ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50

    , etc.;

    ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17

    .
    2 with Adjs.,
    a Posit.,

    ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d

    .
    Ac Relat. and Interrog., how,

    μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3

    , cf. Pl.R. 365a;

    ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84

    , etc.;

    οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1

    ; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly,

    οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75

    .
    2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a;

    αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350

    .
    Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic.,

    ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600

    : with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever,

    ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17

    : rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions,

    τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172

    , cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.;

    ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170

     ([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65;

    ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2

    : less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr.,

    ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424

    ;

    ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294

    ; also

    ὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396

    ;

    Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74

    ; the second ὣς is repeated,

    ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41

     (ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.
    2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως in

    ὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330

    ,

    ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117

    ; cf.

    ὥσπερ 111.1

    : but in later Gr. = ἕως, while,

    ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35

    , 36;

    ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10

    , cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until,

    τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89

     B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).
    Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).
    B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:
    I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.
    II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.
    III Consecutive, = ὥστε, so that.
    IV Causal, since, because.
    I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact,

    γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402

    , cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands,

    προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22

    : with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic.,

    μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427

    , cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions in

    ὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168

    ): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense,

    κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69

    , cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.
    2 with Verbs of feeling,

    χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648

    ;

    ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600

    .
    II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses,

    βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37

    ;

    τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83

    ;

    ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464

    ;

    [νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7

    . b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε)

    κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.

    2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392;

    ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23

    ; cf.

    ἵνα B. 1.3

    ,

    ὅπως B. 1.3

    .
    3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion,

    ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95

    , cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf.

    ἔπος 11.4

    ; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.;

    ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36

     (so without

    ὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61

    ), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.
    III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24;

    ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184

    ; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.;

    ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75

    ;

    οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d

    ;

    ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13

    ; also, like ὥστε, with Indic.,

    οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135

    , cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.
    2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp.,

    μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113

    ;

    μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d

    ; cf.

    ὥστε B. 1.2

    : with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.
    3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12;

    ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31

    .
    IV Causal, inasmuch as, since,

    τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914

    , cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt.,

    μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46

    .
    2 on the ground that.., c. [tense] fut. indic., Lys.30.27.
    C [full] ὡς before
    I Participles;
    II Prepositions; and
    III ὡς itself as a Preposition.
    I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as,

    ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430

     (v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut.,

    διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28

    , cf. 91;

    παρεσκευάζοντο ὡς πολεμήσοντες Th.2.7

    , etc.;

    δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242

    ;

    ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325

     (troch.): in questions,

    παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b

    ;

    ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557

    ; with vbs. of knowing,

    ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91

    ; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.
    2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672;

    ὡς μηδὲν εἰδότ' ἴσθι μ' ὧν ἀνιστορεῖς S.Ph. 253

    ;

    τὸν ἐκβαίνοντα κολάζουσιν ὡς παρανομοῦντα Pl.R. 338e

    ;

    ἵνα μὴ ἀγανακτῇ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ ὡς δεινὰ πάσχοντος Id.Phd. 115e

    , cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54;

    νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32

    ;

    κτύπος φωτὸς ὡς τειρομένου < του> S.Ph. 202

     (lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence,

    τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.
    3 with Parts. put abs. in gen.,

    νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144

    ; ἐρώτα

    ὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9

    ;

    ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων τῶνδ' ἐπίστασθαί σε χρή S.Aj. 281

    , cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc.,

    μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e

    , cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence,

    ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25

    , cf. Pl.R. 604b.
    II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22;

    φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11

    ; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126;

    ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61

    ;

    πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58

    ;

    τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44

    : in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following:

    ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28

    ; also

    ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c

    ;

    ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101

    .
    b later, in geographical expressions, of direction,

    προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8

    , cf. 13.1.22;

    ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1

    , cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν)

    ἰόντων Id.8.3.32

    .
    III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom.,

    ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁμοῖον Od.17.218

     (v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf.

    αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10

    ; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt.,

    ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121

    .έ: freq. in [dialect] Att.,

    ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5

    , etc.;

    ἀφίκετο ὡς Περδίκκαν καὶ ἐς τὴν Χαλκιδικήν Id.4.79

    ;

    ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31

    ; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39;

    ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121

    ; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g.

    ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36

     (ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103;

    ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242

    : in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.
    D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:
    I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194;

    φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316

    ; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d;

    ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6

    , 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.
    2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh.

    ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279

    ;

    ὡς ἅπανθ' ὑμῖν τυραννίς ἐστι Id.V. 488

     (troch.).
    II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone,

    ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107

    ;

    ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47

    , cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt.,

    ὡς ἂν ἔπειτ' ἀπὸ σεῖο οὐκ ἐθέλοιμι λείπεσθαι Il.9.444

    ;

    ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281

    .
    E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly,

    σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5

    ; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v.

    μάλα 111.5

    ), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals,

    δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7

    ; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c;

    δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30

    , cf. An.5.4.12; cf.

    ὡσεί 111

    .
    F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:
    1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf.

    ἵνα B.11.3c

    .
    2 know that (sc. ἴσθι)

    , ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39

    ;

    ὡς τοῦτό γ' ἔρξας δύο φέρει δωρήματα Id.Ph. 117

    ;

    ὡς τῆσδ' ἑκοῦσα παιδὸς οὐ μεθήσομαι E.Hec. 400

    , cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com.,

    ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32

    , cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also

    ἀλλ' ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ τείχους πάρεστιν ἄγγελος οὐδείς Id.Av. 1119

    .
    3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference),

    ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57

    , cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3;

    ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114

    ; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους)

    οἱ βάρβαροι ἐσαγήνευον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους Id.6.31

    , cf. 79;

    ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9

    , al.; rarely with a Verb,

    ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29

    , cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς follows

    ἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3

    :—for the etymology v. infr. H; also

    ὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74

     (v. infr. H).
    G [full] ὡς pleonast. in

    ὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14

    , 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.
    H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. ὁ, Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf.

    ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὡς

  • 5 διά

    διά prep. w. gen. and acc. (Hom.+) (for lit. s. ἀνά, beg.); the fundamental idea that finds expression in this prep. is separation, esp. in the gen., with the gener. sense ‘through’; in the acc. the gener. sense also is ‘through’ (cp. the semantic range in Eng.), but primarily with a causal focus ‘owing to’.
    A. w. gen.
    ① marker of extension through an area or object, via, through
    ⓐ w. verbs of going διέρχεσθαι διὰ πάντων (sc. τόπων, EpArist 132) go through all the places Ac 9:32; cp. Mt 12:43; Lk 11:24. ἀπελεύσομαι διʼ ὑμῶν εἰς I will go through your city on the way to Ro 15:28; cp. 2 Cor. 1:16. διαβαίνειν Hb 11:29. διαπορεύεσθαι διὰ σπορίμων Lk 6:1. εἰσέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς πύλης (Jos., Ant. 13, 229) Mt 7:13a; τ. θύρας J 10:1f; cp. vs. 9. παρέρχεσθαι διὰ τ. ὁδοῦ pass by along the road Mt 8:28; cp. 7:13b. παραπορεύεσθαι Mk 2:23; 9:30. περιπατεῖν διὰ τοῦ φωτός walk about through or in the light Rv 21:24. ὑποστρέφειν διὰ Μακεδονίας return through M. Ac 20:3.—Ἰης. ὁ ἐλθὼν διʼ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος 1J 5:6 first of all refers quite literally to Jesus’ passing through water at the hand of John and through blood at his death (on the expression ‘come through blood’ in this sense cp. Eur., Phoen. 20 in Alex. Aphr., Fat. 31 II 2 p. 202, 10, of the oracle to Laius the father of Oedipus, concerning the bloody downfall of his house: πᾶς σὸς οἶκος βήσεται διʼ αἵματος). But mng. 3c may also apply: Jesus comes with the water of baptism and with the blood of redemption for his own.—AKlöpper, 1J 5:6–12: ZWT 43, 1900, 378–400.—The ῥῆμα ἐκπορευόμενον διὰ στόματος θεοῦ Mt 4:4 (Dt 8:3) is simply the word that proceeds out of the mouth of God (cp. Theognis 1, 18 Diehl3 τοῦτʼ ἔπος ἀθανάτων ἦλθε διὰ στομάτων; Pittacus in Diog. L. 1, 78 διὰ στόματος λαλεῖ; Chrysippus argues in Diog. L. 7, 187: εἴ τι λαλεῖς, τοῦτο διὰ τοῦ στόματός σου διέρχεται, i.e. if one e.g. says the word ἅμαξα, a wagon passes through the person’s lips; TestIss 7:4 ψεῦδος οὐκ ἀνῆλθε διὰ τ. χειλέων μου. Cp. also δέχεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τινος Gen 33:10 beside δέχ. ἐκ τ. χειρ. τινος Ex 32:4).
    ⓑ w. other verbs that include motion: οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος διὰ πασῶν τ. ἐκκλησιῶν (sc. ἀγγέλλεται) throughout all the congregations 2 Cor 8:18. διαφέρεσθαι διʼ (v.l. καθʼ) ὅλης τῆς χώρας be spread through the whole region Ac 13:49. διὰ τ. κεράμων καθῆκαν αὐτόν they let him down through the tile roof Lk 5:19. διὰ τοῦ τείχους καθῆκαν through an opening in the wall (Jos., Ant. 5, 15) Ac 9:25; cp. 2 Cor 11:33. (σωθήσεται) ὡς διὰ πυρός as if he had come through fire 1 Cor 3:15. διασῴζεσθαι διʼ ὕδατος be brought safely through the water 1 Pt 3:20.—διʼ ὅλου J 19:23 s. ὅλος 2.
    ⓐ of a whole period of time, to its very end throughout, through, during διὰ παντός (sc. χρόνου. Edd. gener. write διὰ παντός, but Tdf. writes διαπαντός exc. Mt 18:10) always, continually, constantly (Hdt. 1, 122, 3; Thu. 1, 38, 1; Vett. Val. 220, 1; 16; PLond I, 42, 6 [172 B.C.] p. 30; BGU 1078, 2; PGM 7, 235; LXX; GrBar 10:7; EpArist index; Jos., Ant. 3, 281; SibOr Fgm. 1, 17; Just., D. 6, 2; 12, 3 al.) Mt 18:10; Mk 5:5; Lk 24:53; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 10:2; 24:16; Ro 11:10 (Ps 68:24); 2 Th 3:16; Hb 9:6; 13:15; Hm 5, 2, 3; Hs 9, 27, 3. διὰ νυκτός during the night, overnight (νύξ 1b) Ac 23:31. διʼ ὅλης νυκτός the whole night through Lk 5:5; J 21:6 v.l. (X., An. 4, 2, 4; Diod S 3, 12, 3 διʼ ὅλης τῆς νυκτός; PGM 4, 3151; Jos., Ant. 6, 37; cp. διʼ ἡμέρας all through the day: IPriene 112, 61 and 99; 1 Macc 12:27; 4 Macc 3:7). διʼ ἡμερῶν τεσσεράκοντα Ac 1:3 means either for forty days (Philo, Vi. Cont. 35 διʼ ἓξ ἡμερῶν. So AFridrichsen, ThBl 6, 1927, 337–41; MEnslin, JBL 47, 1928, 60–73) or (s. b below) now and then in the course of 40 days (B-D-F §223, 1; Rob. 581; WMichaelis, ThBl 4, 1925, 102f; Bruce, Acts). διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν throughout the lifetime Hb 2:15 (cp. διὰ παντὸς τοῦ βίου: X., Mem. 1, 2, 61; Pla., Phileb. 39e; Dionys. Hal. 2, 21; διʼ ὅλου τοῦ ζῆν EpArist 130; 141; 168).
    ⓑ of a period of time within which someth. occurs during, at (PTebt 48, 10) διὰ (τῆς) νυκτός at night, during the night (Palaeph. 1, 10; PRyl 138, 15 κατέλαβα τοῦτον διὰ νυκτός; Jos., Bell. 1, 229. S. νύξ 1b end) Ac 5:19; 16:9; 17:10. διὰ τῆς ἡμέρας during the day Lk 9:37 D (Antig. Car. 128 διὰ πέμπτης ἡμέρας=on the fifth day). διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν within three days Mt 26:61; Mk 14:58.
    ⓒ of an interval of time, after (Hdt. 6, 118, 3 διʼ ἐτέων εἴκοσι; Thu. 2, 94, 3; X., Mem. 2, 8, 1; Diod S 5, 28, 6 of transmigration of souls: διʼ ἐτῶν ὡρισμένων [=after the passing of a certain number of years] πάλιν βιοῦν; OGI 56, 38; 4 Macc 13:21; Jos., Ant. 4, 209): διʼ ἐτῶν πλειόνων after several years Ac 24:17. διὰ δεκατεσσάρων (s. under δέκα) ἐτῶν after 14 years Gal 2:1. διʼ ἡμερῶν several days afterward Mk 2:1. διὰ ἱκανοῦ χρόνου after (quite) some time Ac 11:2 D (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 28 διὰ χρόνου).
    ③ marker of instrumentality or circumstance whereby someth. is accomplished or effected, by, via, through
    ⓐ of means or instrument γράφειν διά χάρτου καὶ μέλανος write w. paper and ink 2J 12; cp. 3J 13 (Plut., Sol. 87 [17, 3]). διὰ πυρὸς δοκιμάζειν test by fire 1 Pt 1:7. διὰ χρημάτων κτᾶσθαι Ac 8:20. Hebraistically in expr. denoting activity διὰ χειρῶν τινος (LXX) Mk 6:2; Ac 5:12; 14:3; 19:11, 26. Differently γράφειν διὰ χειρός τινος write through the agency of someone 15:23; cp. 11:30. εἰπεῖν διὰ στόματός τινος by the mouth of someone (where the usage discussed in A1a is influential) 1:16; 3:18, 21; 4:25. εὔσημον λόγον διδόναι διὰ τῆς γλώσσης utter intelligible speech with the tongue 1 Cor 14:9. διὰ τοῦ νοὸς λαλεῖν speak, using one’s reason (=consciously; opp., ecstatic speech) vs. 19 v.l. Of the work of Christ: περιποιεῖσθαι διὰ τοῦ αἵματος obtain through his blood Ac 20:28; cp. Eph 1:7; Col 1:20. Also διὰ τοῦ θανάτου Ro 5:10; Col 1:22; Hb 2:14; διὰ τοῦ σώματος Ro 7:4; διὰ τῆς ἰδίας σαρκός AcPlCor 2:6; cp. 2:15; διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ Eph 2:16; διὰ τῆς θυσίας Hb 9:26; διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος Ἰησοῦ through the offering of the body of Jesus 10:10; διὰ παθημάτων 2:10.
    ⓑ of manner, esp. w. verbs of saying: ἀπαγγέλλειν διὰ λόγου by word of mouth Ac 15:27; cp. 2 Th 2:15. διʼ ἐπιστολῶν by letter (POxy 1066, 9; 1070, 14f πολλάκις σοι γράψας διὰ ἐπιστολῶν πολλῶν; Tat. 12:3 δια γραφῆς in writing) 1 Cor 16:3; 2 Cor 10:11; cp. 2 Th 2:2, 15. διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ w. many words Ac 15:32. διʼ ὁράματος εἰπεῖν in a vision 18:9. διὰ παραβολῆς in an illustrative way, in a parable Lk 8:4. διὰ προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως προσεύχεσθαι call on (God) w. prayer and supplication Eph 6:18. διὰ βραχέων ἐπιστέλλειν write briefly Hb 13:22 (cp. 1 Pt 5:12 P72; Isocr. 14, 3; Lucian, Tox. 56; EpArist 128; Ath. 17:1 σκέψασθε … διὰ βρ.). Also διʼ ὀλίγων γράφειν 1 Pt 5:12 (Pla., Phileb. 31d; UPZ 42, 9 [162 B.C.]; 2 Macc 6:17).
    ⓒ of attendant or prevailing circumstance (Kühner-G. I 482f; X., Cyr. 4, 6, 6 διὰ πένθους τὸ γῆρας διάγων; Just., D. 105, 2 διʼ οὗ πάθους ἔμελλενἀποθνῄσκειν; PTebt 35, 9 [111 B.C.] διὰ τῆς γνώμης τινός=with someone’s consent; Jos., Bell. 4, 105) σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου you who, (though provided) with the written code and circumcision, are a transgressor/violator of the law Ro 2:27. διʼ ὑπομονῆς 8:25. διὰ προσκόμματος eat with offense (to the scruples of another) 14:20. διʼ ἀκροβυστίας in a state of being uncircumcised 4:11. διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων with many tears 2 Cor 2:4. Cp. 6:7. διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως 2 Pt 1:3 ( through recognition [of God as source of the gifts], s. Danker, Benefactor 457). διὰ πυρός in fiery form AcPlCor 2:13.—Here prob. belongs σωθήσεται διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 Ti 2:15 (opp. of the negative theme in Gen. 3:16), but s. d next. On 1J 5:6 s. A1a above.
    ⓓ of efficient cause via, through διὰ νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας ( only) recognition of sin comes via the law Ro 3:20; cp. 4:13. τὰ παθήματα τὰ διὰ τοῦ νόμου passions aroused via the law 7:5. διὰ νόμου πίστεως by the law of faith 3:27; Gal 2:19. ἀφορμὴν λαμβάνειν διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς Ro 7:8, 11; cp. 13. διὰ τ. εὐαγγελίου ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα (spiritual parenthood) 1 Cor 4:15. Perh. 1 Ti 2:15 but s. c, above. διὰ τῆς σοφίας with its wisdom 1 Cor 1:21; opp. διὰ τῆς μωρίας τοῦ κηρύγματος through the folly of proclamation = foolish proclamation ibid. διὰ τῆς Λευιτικῆς ἱερωσύνης Hb 7:11. Freq. διὰ (τῆς) πίστεως Ro 1:12; 3:22, 25, 30f; Gal 2:16; 3:14, 26; Eph 2:8; 3:12, 17 al. Cp. AcPl Cor 2:8. πίστις διʼ ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη faith which works through (=expresses itself in) deeds of love Gal 5:6. διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ if God is willing Ro 15:32; by the will of God 1 Cor 1:1; 2 Cor 1:1; 8:5; Eph 1:1; Col 1:1; 2 Ti 1:1.
    ⓔ of occasion διὰ τῆς χάριτος by virtue of the grace Ro 12:3; Gal 1:15 (Just., D. 100, 2).—3:18; 4:23; Phlm 22. διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀρετῆς in consequence of his glory and excellence 2 Pt 1:3 v.l.
    ⓕ in wording of urgent requests διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ by the mercy of God Ro 12:1; cp. 15:30; 1 Cor 1:10; 2 Cor 10:1.
    ④ marker of pers. agency, through, by
    ⓐ with focus on agency through ( the agency of), by (X., An. 2, 3, 17 διʼ ἑρμηνέως λέγειν; Menand., Fgm. 210, 1 οὐθεὶς διʼ ἀνθρώπου θεὸς σῴζει … ἑτέρου τόν ἕτερον; Achilles Tat. 7, 1, 3 διʼ ἐκείνου μαθεῖν; Just., D. 75, 4 διὰ παρθένου γεννηθῆναι; PMert 5, 8 γεομετρηθῆναι διʼ αὐτοῦ) ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Mt 1:22; 2:15, 23; 4:14 al. (cp. Just., A I, 47, 5 διὰ Ἠσαίου τοῦ πρ.). γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν Lk 18:31; cp. Ac 2:22; 10:36; 15:12 al. διʼ ἀνθρώπου by human agency Gal 1:1. διὰ Μωϋσέως through Moses (Jos., Ant. 7, 338; Mel., P. 11, 77 διὰ χειρὸς Μωυσέως) J 1:17; under Moses’ leadership Hb 3:16. διʼ ἀγγέλων by means of divine messengers (TestJob 18:5 διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου; cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 136, but s. n. by RMarcus, Loeb ed., ad loc.) Gal 3:19; Hb 2:2. πέμψας διὰ τ. μαθητῶν εἶπεν sent and said through his disciples Mt 11:2f. Cp. the short ending of Mk. γράφειν διά τινος of the bearer IRo 10:1; IPhld 11:2; ISm 12:1, but also of pers. who had a greater or smaller part in drawing up some document (Dionys. of Cor. in Eus., HE 4, 23, 11) 1 Pt 5:12 (on the practice s. ERichards, The Secretary in the Letters of Paul ’91). In this case διά comes close to the mng. represented by (LWenger, D. Stellvertretung im Rechte d. Pap. 1906, 9ff; Dssm., LO 98 [LAE 123f]). So also κρίνει ὁ θεὸς διὰ Χρ. Ἰ. God judges, represented by Christ Jesus Ro 2:16. Christ as intermediary in the creation of the world J 1:3, 10; 1 Cor 8:6; Col 1:16.—εὐχαριστεῖν τ. θεῷ διὰ Ἰ. Χρ. thank God through Jesus Christ Ro 1:8; 7:25; Col 3:17.—Occasionally the mediation becomes actual presence (references for this usage in BKeil, Anonymus Argentinensis 1902, p. 192, 1; 306 note) διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων in the presence of many witnesses 2 Ti 2:2 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 114, 31 διὰ θεοῦ μέσου=in the presence of God as mediator; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 187 τὸ διὰ μαρτύρων κλαίειν=weeping in the presence of witnesses).
    ⓑ with focus on the originator of an action (Hom. et al.; pap, LXX, EpArist)
    α. of human activity (PSI 354, 6 [254 B.C.] τὸν χόρτον τὸν συνηγμένον διʼ ἡμῶν=by us; 500, 5; 527, 12; 1 Esdr 6:13; 2 Macc 6:21; 4 Macc 1:11) 2 Cor 1:11 (where διὰ πολλῶν resumes ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων). ᾧ παρέλαβε κανόνι διὰ τῶν μακαρίων προφήτων καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου εὐαγγελίου AcPlCor 2:36.
    β. of divine activity:—of God (Aeschyl., Ag. 1485; Pla., Symp. 186e ἡ ἰατρικὴ πᾶσα διὰ τ. θεοῦ τούτου [Asclepius] κυβερνᾶται; Ael. Aristid., Sarap. [Or. 8 Dind.=45 Keil] 14 K. πάντα γὰρ πανταχοῦ διὰ σοῦ τε καὶ διὰ σὲ ἡμῖν γίγνεται; Zosimus in CALG p. 143 and a magic ring in introd. 133; EpArist 313) 1 Cor 1:9 διʼ οὗ ἐκλήθητε (v.l. ὑπό s. καλέω 4); Ro 11:36 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 240–50; 347f); Hb 2:10b (s. B 2a, below; cp. Ar. 1:5 διʼ αὐτοῦ … τὰ πάντα συνέστηκεν).—Of Christ Ro 1:5; 5:9, 17f, 21; 8:37; 2 Cor 1:20 al. (ASchettler, D. paulin. Formel ‘durch Christus’ 1907; GJonker, De paulin. formule ‘door Christus’: ThSt 27, 1909, 173–208).—Of the Holy Spirit Ac 11:28; 21:4; Ro 5:5.
    ⑤ At times διά w. gen. seems to have causal mng. (Rdm. 142; POxy 299, 2 [I A.D.] ἔδωκα αὐτῷ διὰ σοῦ=because of you; Achilles Tat. 3, 4, 5 διὰ τούτων=for this reason; in Eng. cp. Coleridge, Anc. Mariner 135–36: Every tongue thro’ utter drouth Was wither’d at the root, s. OED s.v. ‘through’ I B 8) διὰ τῆς σαρκός because of the resistance of the flesh Ro 8:3.—2 Cor 9:13.—On the use of διά w. gen. in Ro s. Schlaeger, La critique radicale de l’épître aux Rom.: Congr. d’ Hist. du Christ. II 111f.
    B. w. acc.
    ① marker of extension through an area, through (Hom. and other early Gk. only in poetry, e.g. Pind. P. 9, 123 διʼ ὅμιλον ‘through the throng’; Hellenistic prose since Dionys. Hal. [JKäser, D. Präpositionen b. Dionys. Hal., diss. Erlangen 1915, 54]; ISyriaW 1866b τὸν πάτρωνα διὰ πάντα of the governor of a whole province) διήρχετο διὰ μέσον Σαμαρείας καὶ Γαλιλαίας Lk 17:11 (cp. SibOr 3, 316 ῥομφαία διελεύσεται διὰ μέσον σεῖο).
    ② marker of someth. constituting cause
    ⓐ the reason why someth. happens, results, exists: because of, for the sake of (do something for the sake of a divinity: UPZ 62, 2 [161 B.C.] διὰ τὸν Σάραπιν; JosAs 1:10 διʼ αὐτήν; ApcSed 3:3 διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον; Tat. 8:2 διὰ τὸν … Ἄττιν; Ath. 30, 1 διὰ τὴν Δερκετώ) hated because of the name Mt 10:22; persecution arises because of teaching 13:21; because of unbelief vs. 58; because of a tradition 15:3; διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον (the sabbath was designed) for people Mk 2:27; because of Herodias Mk 6:17 (cp. Just. D. 34, 8 διὰ γυναῖκα); because of a crowd Lk 5:19; 8:19 al; because of Judeans Ac 16:3. διὰ τὸν θόρυβον 21:34; because of rain 28:2. Juristically to indicate guilt: imprisoned for insurrection and murder Lk 23:25. διʼ ὑμᾶς on your account=through your fault Ro 2:24 (Is 52:5). διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν because of the passing over 3:25 (but s. WKümmel, ZTK 49, ’52, 164). διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα on account of transgressions 4:25a (cp. Is 53:5; PsSol 13:5); but διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν in the interest of justification vs. 25b; s. 8:10 for a sim. paired use of διὰ. διὰ τὴν χάριν on the basis of the grace 15:15. διʼ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκός because of a physical ailment (cp. POxy 726, 10f [II A.D.] οὐ δυνάμενος διʼ ἀσθένειαν πλεῦσαι. Cp. ἀσθένεια 1) Gal 4:13. διὰ τὸ θέλημα σου by your will Rv 4:11. διὰ τὸν χρόνον according to the time = by this time Hb 5:12 (Aelian, VH 3, 37 δ. τὸν χρ.=because of the particular time-situation).—W. words denoting emotions out of (Diod S 5, 59, 8 διὰ τὴν λύπην; 18, 25, 1 διὰ τὴν προπέτειαν=out of rashness; Appian, Celt. 1 §9 διʼ ἐλπίδα; 2 Macc 5:21; 7:20; 9:8; 3 Macc 5:32, 41; Tob 8:7): διὰ φθόνον out of envy Mt 27:18; Phil 1:15. διὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέους out of tender mercy Lk 1:78. διὰ τ. φόβον τινός out of fear of someone J 7:13. διὰ τὴν πολλὴν ἀγάπην out of the great love Eph 2:4. διὰ τ. πλεονεξίαν in their greediness B 10:4.—Of God as the ultimate goal or purpose of life, whereas διά w. gen. (s. A4bβ above) represents God as Creator, Hb 2:10a (s. Norden, op. cit.; PGM 13, 76 διὰ σὲ συνέστηκεν … ἡ γῆ). Cp. J 6:57 (s. Bultmann ad loc.) PtK 2.
    ⓑ in direct questions διὰ τί; why? (Hyperid. 3, 17; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 28; Ael. Aristid. 31 p. 597 D.; oft. LXX; TestJob 37:8; TestLevi 2:9; GrBar, Tat; Mel., Fgm. 8b, 42) mostly in an interrogative clause Mt 9:11, 14; 13:10; 15:2f; 17:19; 21:25; Mk 2:18; 11:31; Lk 5:30; 19:23, 31; 20:5; 24:38; J 7:45; 8:43, 46; 12:5; 13:37; Ac 5:3; 1 Cor 6:7; Rv 17:7. Simply διὰ τί; (Hyperid. 3, 23) Ro 9:32; 2 Cor 11:11. Also διατί (always in t.r. and often by Tdf.; TestJob 46:2) B 8:4, 6; Hm 2:5; Hs 5, 5, 5. Kvan Leeuwen Boomkamp, Τι et Διατι dans les évangiles: RevÉtGr 39, 1926, 327–31.—In real and supposed answers and inferences διὰ τοῦτο therefore (X., An. 1, 7, 3; 7, 19; oft. LXX; JosAs 7:7; Ar. 12, 2; Just., A I, 44, 5 al.; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac.) Mt 6:25; 12:27, 31; 13:13, 52; 14:2; 18:23; 21:43; 23:13 v.l.; 24:44; Mk 11:24; 12:24; Lk 11:19 al. Also διὰ ταῦτα (Epict.) Eph 5:6. διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι for this reason, (namely) that J 5:16, 18; 8:47; 10:17; 12:18, 39; 15:19; 1J 3:1. διὰ τοῦτο ἵνα for this reason, (in order) that (Lucian, Abdic. 1) J 1:31; 2 Cor 13:10; 1 Ti 1:16; Phlm 15. Also διὰ τοῦτο ὅπως Hb 9:15.
    ⓒ διά foll. by inf. or acc. w. inf., representing a causal clause, because (Gen 39:9; Dt 1:36; 1 Macc 6:53; GrBar 8:4; Demetr.: 722 fgm 1:1 al.) διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος because it had no depth Mt 13:5f; Mk 4:5f (διὰ τὸ μή w. inf.: X., Mem. 1, 3, 5; Hero Alex. I 348, 7; III 274, 19; Lucian, Hermot. 31); because lawlessness increases Mt 24:12; διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου Δ.. Lk 2:4; because it was built well 6:48 al. διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό τινων because it was said by some Lk 9:7 (for the constr. cp. Herodian 7, 12, 7 διὰ τὸ τὰς ἐξόδους ὑπὸ τ. πυρὸς προκατειλῆφθαι=because the exit-routes were blocked by the fire).
    ⓓ instead of διά w. gen. to denote the efficient cause we may have διά, by
    α. w. acc. of thing (schol. on Pind., N. 4, 79a; 2 Macc 12:11; EpArist 77) διὰ τὸ αἷμα by the blood Rv 12:11. διὰ τὰ σημεῖα by the miracles 13:14.
    β. w. acc. of pers. and freq. as expr. of favorable divine action (Aristoph., Plut. 468; Dionys. Hal. 8, 33, 3, 1579 μέγας διὰ τ. θεούς ἐγενόμην; Ael. Aristid. 24, 1 K.=44 p. 824 D.: διʼ οὓς [= θεούς] ἐσώθην; SIG 1122; OGI 458, 40; PGM 13, 579 διῳκονομήθη τ. πάντα διὰ σέ; EpArist 292; Sir 15:11; 3 Macc 6:36: other exx. in SEitrem and AFridrichsen, E. christl. Amulett auf Pap. 1921, 24). ζῶ διὰ τὸν πατέρα J 6:57 (cp. PKöln VI, 245, 16 of Isis σὺ κυρεῖς τὰ πάντα, διὰ σὲ δʼ εἰσορῶ φαός ‘you are responsible for everything and thanks to you I can see light’). διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα by the one who subjected it Ro 8:20.—DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > διά

  • 6 κύριος

    1
    I. κύριος, ία, ιον(Pind. et al.; ins, pap) comp. κυριώτερος (Just., A II, 13, 3); superl. κυριώτατος (Just., D. 11, 2); adv. κυρίως. The primary mng. relates to possession of power or authority, in various senses: ‘strong, authoritative, valid, ruling’; then to that which is preeminently important principal, essential (Aeschyl. et al.; 4 Macc 1:19; Jos., Ant. 20, 41, C. Ap. 1, 19; 2, 177; Just.; Ath. 22:2) τὸ δὲ κυριώτερον but what is more important IMg 1:2 (cp. Diog. L. 4, 26 ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ=quite definitely).—DELG.
    2
    II. κύριος, ου, ὁ (the masc. form of the subst. adj. κύριος [s. I], Aeschyl.+; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §385 [=ὁ τὸ κῦρος ἔχων]; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr.; Philo, Joseph., apolog.; loanw. in rabb. For the corresp. fem. s. κυρία.) gener. ‘lord, master’.
    ① one who is in charge by virtue of possession, owner (X., Symp. 6, 1; Diod S 4, 15, 3; 14, 7, 6; ins, pap, LXX) κ. πάντων Gal 4:1 (Diod S 33, 7, 1; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 1, 13 p. 12, 10 of one who has come of age and controls his own property).
    ⓐ of things w. impers. obj. κ. τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος owner of the vineyard (cp. SIG 742, 6 κ. τῆς χώρας) Mt 20:8; 21:40; Mk 12:9; Lk 20:13, 15; ὁ κ. τῆς οἰκίας the master of the house (Ex 22:7; SIG 1215, 28; PTebt 5, 147 [118 B.C.] τοὺς κ. τῶν οἰκιῶν) Mk 13:35. Of a πῶλος: οἱ κ. αὐτοῦ its owners (PHib 34, 3 a span of oxen; Ex 21:29 [αὐτοῦ=τοῦ ταύρου]) Lk 19:33 (ASouter, Exp. 8th ser., 8, 1914, 94f, in connection w. the pl. here and Ac 16:16, 19 thinks of the owners as man and wife; the pl. οἱ κύριοι has this mng. Diod S 34 + 35, Fgm. 2, 10 and 2, 37: a married couple who are slave-owners. On the other hand in the Syntipas collection of Aesop’s Fables 16 p. 534 P. οἱ κύριοι of a dog are a number of metalworkers. On Hebr. background for possible understanding of the pl. in the sing. sense ‘owner’, s. RButh, JBL 104, ’86, 680–85.). The mng. owner easily passes into that of lord, master, one who has full control of someth. (Diod S 5, 42, 5 θανάτου κύριοι=lords over [life and] death; 10, 17, 1 and 2 κ. τοῦ σώματος=master of one’s own body; Ptolem., Apotel. 3, 11, 10 ὁ κ. τῆς ζωῆς; PsSol 2:29 κ. γῆς καὶ θαλάσσης; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 67; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 200) ὁ κ. τοῦ θερισμοῦ the Lord of the harvest (Jos., Ant.4, 227 κύριος ἔστω τὰ φυτὰ καρποῦσθαι) Mt 9:38; Lk 10:2. κ. τοῦ σαββάτου Lord of the Sabbath Mt 12:8; Mk 2:28; Lk 6:5.
    ⓑ w. a personal obj.: opp. δοῦλος J 13:16; foll. by gen. of pers. (cp. Judg 19:11; Gen 24:36; TestSol 22:5; TestJob 7:9; TestGad 4:4; JosAs 4:14) Mt 10:24f; 18:31f; 24:48; Lk 12:36. ὁ κ. τοῦ δούλου Lk 12:46. Abs., though the sense is unmistakable (Diod S 8, 5, 3; ApcEsdr 3:14 p. 27, 27f Tdf.) 12:37, 42b; 14:23; J 15:15; cp. Ro 14:4a; Eph 6:9a; Col 4:1. Several masters of the same slave (Billerb. I 430.—TestJos 14:2): δυσὶν κυρίοις δουλεύειν Mt 6:24; Ac 16:16, 19 (s. Souter under a above). κατὰ σάρκα designates more definitely the sphere in which the service-relation holds true οἱ κατὰ σάρκα κ. Eph 6:5; Col 3:22. As a form of address used by slaves κύριε Mt 13:27; 25:20, 22, 24; Lk 13:8; 14:22; 19:16, 18, 20, 25.
    ② one who is in a position of authority, lord, master
    ⓐ of earthly beings, as a designation of any pers. of high position: of husband in contrast to wife 1 Pt 3:6 (Gen 18:12; TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 15 [Stone p. 38]; ApcMos 2. cp. Plut., De Virt. Mul. 15 p. 252b; SIG 1189, 7; 1190, 5; 1234, 1); of a father by his son Mt 21:29 (cp. BGU 423, 2 Ἀπίων Ἐπιμάχῳ τῷ πατρὶ καὶ κυρίῳ; 818, 1; 28; Gen 31:35; by his daughter TestJob 46:2; JosAs 4:5); of an official in high position, by those who have dealings with him (cp. PFay 106, 15; 129, 1; 134, 2; BGU 648, 16) Mt 27:63. As a form of address to respected pers. gener.; here, as elsewhere, = our sir (as Mod. Gk.) Mt 25:11; J 12:21; 20:15 (but s. NWyatt, ZNW 81, ’90, 38); Ac 16:30; Rv 7:14 (cp. Epict. 3, 23, 11; 19; Gen 23:6; 44:18; TestAbr A 2 p. 78, 33 [Stone p. 4]; JosAs 7:8 al.). The distinctive Gr-Rom. view of ‘deified’ rulers requires treatment under 2bβ.
    ⓑ of transcendent beings
    α. as a designation of God (for this custom, which has its roots in the Orient, s. the references in Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 10:9; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 95–98; Dssm., LO 298f [LAE 353ff]; s. also SEG XXXVI, 350 and add. ins cited by DZeller, DDD 918f; LXX (where it freq. replaces the name Yahweh in the Mt); pseudepigr.; Philo, Just.; Hippol. Ref. 8, 17, 1; Orig., C. Cels. 1, 35, 6.—FDoppler, D. Wort ‘Herr’ als Göttername im Griech.: Opusc. philol. v. kath. akad. Philologenverein in Wien I 1926, 42–47; MParca, ASP 31, ’91, 51 [lit.]) ὁ κ. Mt 5:33; Mk 5:19; Lk 1:6, 9, 28, 46; 2:15, 22; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 7:33; 8:24; Eph 6:7 (perh. w. ref. to Christ); 2 Th 3:3; 2 Ti 1:16, 18; Hb 8:2; Js 1:7; 4:15. Without the art. (on the inclusion or omission of the art. s. BWeiss [θεός, beg.]; B-D-F §254, 1; Mlt-Turner 174), like a personal name (οὐδένα κύριον ὀνομνάζουσι πλὴν τὸν θεόν Hippol. Ref. 9, 26, 2) Mt 27:10; Mk 13:20; Lk 1:17, 58; Ac 7:49; Hb 7:21 (Ps 109:4); 12:6 (Pr 3:12); 2 Pt 2:9; Jd 5 (θεὸς Χριστός P72); 9. ἄγγελος κυρίου (LXX, TestSol, GrBar et al.) Mt 1:20, 24; 2:13, 19; 28:2; Lk 1:11; 2:9a; J 5:3 v.l.; Ac 5:19; 7:30 v.l.; 8:26; 12:7, 23. δόξα κυρίου (Is 40:5; PsSol 5:19; 7:31; TestLevi 8:11; ApcMos 37) Lk 2:9b; δούλη κ. 1:38; ἡμέρα κ. Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4); νόμος κ. Lk 2:23f, 39; τὸ ὄνομα κ. Mt 21:9 (Ps 117:26; PsSol 6:1 al.); Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); πνεῦμα κ. Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39; τὸ ῥῆμα κ. 1 Pt 1:25 (Gen 15:1 al.); φωνὴ κ. (Gen 3:8 al.); Ac 7:31; χεὶρ κ. (Ex 9:3 al.; TestJob 26:4; ApcMos prol.) Lk 1:66. ὁ Χριστὸς κυρίου 2:26 (PsSol 17:32 [Χριστὸς κύριος, s. app.]).—W. the sphere of his lordship more definitely expressed (Diod S 3, 61, 5 Zeus is κ. τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου; 6 θεὸς καὶ κ. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου; Jos., Ant. 20, 90 τῶν πάντων κ.; Just., D. 127, 2 κ. τῶν πάντων) κ. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς (PGM 4, 640f; ParJer 5:32 [Harris]) Mt 11:25; Lk 10:21; cp. Ac 17:24. κ. τῶν κυριευόντων Lord of lords 1 Ti 6:15. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 1:14; 2 Pt 3:15; Rv 11:15 (LXX; PsSol 10:5). Cp. 22:6 (s. Num 16:22; 27:16). κ. ὁ θεός Lk 1:32; Rv 1:8; with μου (σου, etc.) Mt 4:7 (Dt 6:16), 10 (Dt 6:13); 22:37 (Dt 6:5); Mk 12:29f (Dt 6:4f); Lk 1:16 al. κ. ὁ θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1:68 (PsSol 16:3; TestSol 1:13). κ. ὁ θεὸς (ἡμῶν) ὁ παντοκράτωρ God, the (our) Lord, the Almighty Rv 4:8; 15:3; 16:7; 19:6; 21:22 (TestSol D 4:7; cp. ParJer 9:6). κ. Σαβαώθ Ro 9:29 (Is 1:9; TestSol 1:6 al.; Just., D. 64, 2); Js 5:4.—W. prep. ἐνώπιον τοῦ κυρίου Lk 1:15 (Ex 23:17; 1 Km 1:25 al.; TestJob 15:6 al.; TestReub 1:9 al.). παρὰ κυρίου Mt 21:42; Mk 12:11 (both Ps 117:23). παρὰ κυρίῳ 2 Pt 3:8. πρὸς τὸν κύριον Hs 9, 12, 6 (LXX; PsSol 1:1 al.).
    β. Closely connected w. the custom of applying the term κ. to deities is that of honoring (deified) rulers with the same title (exx. [2bα beg.] in Ltzm., op. cit.; Bousset 93; Dssm., 299ff [LAE 356]; FKattenbusch, Das apostol. Symbol II 1900, 605ff; KPrümm, Herrscherkult u. NT: Biblica 9, 1928, 3–25; 119–40; 289–301; JFears, RAC XIV, 1047–93; JvanHenten, 1341–52 [lit.]; cp. the attitude of the Lacedaemonians: φοβούμενοι τὸν ἕνα κ. αὐτῶν τὸν Λυκούργου νόμον=‘respecting their one and only lord, the law of Lycurgus’ Orig., C. Cels. 8, 6, 12). Fr. the time of Claudius (POxy. 37, 6; O. Wilck II 1038, 6) we find the Rom. emperors so designated in increasing measure; in isolated cases, even earlier (OGI 606, 1; on Augustus’ attitude s. DioCass. 51, 7f). Ac 25:26.—On deified rulers in gener. s. LCerfaux-JTondriau, Un concurrent du Christianisme: le culte des souverains dans la civilisation gréco-romaine ’57; FTaeger, Charisma, 2 vols. ’57–60; DRoloff, Göttlichkeit, Vergöttlichung und Erhöhung zu seligem Leben, ’70. S. esp. the collection of articles and reviews by various scholars, in Römischer Kaiserkult, ed. AWlosok ’78.
    γ. κύριος is also used in ref. to Jesus:
    א. in OT quotations, where it is understood of the Lord of the new community ἡ ὁδὸς κ. (Is 40:3) Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4; J 1:23. εἶπεν κύριος τ. κυρίῳ μου (Ps 109:1: the first κ. is God, the second Christ; s. Billerb. IV 452–65: Der 110. Ps. in d. altrabb. Lit.; βασιλεὺς αὐτῶν χριστὸς κ. [or κυρίου; s. 2bα] PsSol 17:32) Mt 22:44 (cp. vss. 43, 45); Mk 12:36 (cp. vs. 37); Lk 20:42 (cp. vs. 44); Ac 2:34. ὁ καυχώμενος ἐν κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 Cor 1:31 (cp. Jer 9:22f). τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου Ro 10:13 (cp. Jo 3:5). σὺ κατʼ ἀρχάς, κύριε, τὴν γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας Hb 1:10 (cp. Ps 101:26). εἰ ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ κύριος 1 Pt 2:3 (cp. Ps 33:9). 1 Pt 3:15 adds Χριστόν to κύριον ἁγιάσατε Is 8:13.
    ב. Apart from OT quots., Mt and Mk speak of Jesus as κύριος only in one pass. (words of Jesus himself) Mk 11:3=Mt 21:3 (but s. RBratcher, ET 64, ’52/53, 93; New Docs 1, 43; JDerrett, NovT 13, ’71, 241–58 on the public transport system; cp. Lk 19:31, 34), but they record that he was addressed as ‘Lord’ (κύριε), once in Mk (7:28) and more oft. in Mt, e.g. 8:2, 6, 8, 21, 25; 9:28; 14:28, 30; 15:22, 25, 27; 16:22 (also ApcSed 12:2).—Lk refers to Jesus much more frequently as ὁ κ. (Iren. 1, prol. 2 [Harv. I 4, 5] and 5, 26, 2 [Harv. II 396, 2]): 7:13; 10:1, 39 (Ἰησοῦ P75; τοῦ Ἰησοῦ P45 et al.), 41; 11:39; 12:42a; 13:15; 17:5f; 18:6; 19:8 al. The voc. κύριε is also found oft.: 5:8, 12; 9:54, 61; 10:17, 40; 11:1; 12:41 al.—In J the designation ὁ κ. occurs rarely, in the first 19 chapters only in passages that are text-critically uncertain (4:1 v.l.; 6:23, with omission in some mss.) or that have been suspected on other grounds (11:2); then 20:2, 18, 20, 25; cp. vss. 13, 28; 21:7ab, 12. On the other hand, κύριε in address is extraordinarily common throughout the whole book: 4:11, 15, 19, 49; 5:7; 6:34, 68 al. (more than 30 times).—In the long ending of Mk we have the designation ὁ κ. twice, 16:19, 20. In GPt ὁ κ. occurs 1:2; 2:3ab; 3:6, 8; 4:10; 5:19; 6:21, 24; 12:50ab; 14:59, 60 (in the last pass. without the art.); the fragment that has been preserved hardly affords any opportunity for the use of the voc. 2 Cl introduces apocryphal sayings of Jesus with λέγει ὁ κ. 5:2; λ. ὁ κ. ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ 8:5.—Repeated κύριε, κύριε Mt 7:21f; Lk 6:46; 2 Cl 4:2 (TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 26 [Stone p. 20]; ApcMos 25 p. 14, 1 Tdf.; s. KKöhler, StKr 88, 1915, 471–90).
    ג. Even in the passages already mentioned the use of the word κ. raises Jesus above the human level (Mani is also κ. for his people: Kephal. I 183, 11; 13; 16); this tendency becomes even clearer in the following places: ὁ κύριος Ac 5:14; 9:10f, 42; 11:23f; 22:10b; Ro 12:11; 14:8; 1 Cor 6:13f, 17; 7:10, 12; 2 Cor 5:6, 8; Gal 1:19; Col 1:10; 1 Th 4:15b; 2 Th 3:1; Hb 2:3; Js 5:7f; B 5:5; IEph 10:3; AcPl Ha 6, 21; 7, 5; 27; 8, 2; AcPlCor 1:6, 14.—Without the art. 1 Cor 4:4; 7:22b; 10:21ab; 2 Cor 12:1; 1 Th 4:15a; 2 Ti 2:24; AcPlCor 1:8. So esp. in combinations w. preps.: ἀπὸ κυρίου Col 3:24. κατὰ κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. παρὰ κυρίου Eph 6:8. πρὸς κύριον 2 Cor 3:16; AcPl Ha 6, 9. πρὸς τὸν κ. 8, 23. σὺν κυρίῳ 1 Th 4:17b. ὑπὸ κυρίου 1 Cor 7:25b; 2 Th 2:13. Esp. freq. is the Pauline formula ἐν κυρίῳ (lit. on ἐν 4c), which appears outside Paul’s letters only Rv 14:13; IPol 8:3; AcPl Ha 3, 23; AcPlCor 1:1, 16 (cp. Pol 1:1 ἐν κυρίῳ ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χριστῷ): 1 Cor 11:11; Phlm 16; πιστὸς ἐν κ. 1 Cor 4:17; cp. Eph 6:21; Hm 4, 1, 4; φῶς ἐν κ. Eph 5:8. ἡ σφραγίς μου τ. ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κ. 1 Cor 9:2. W. verbs: ἀσπάζεσθαι Ro 16:22 (GBahr, CBQ 28, ’66, 465f renders: in the service of my master, i.e. Paul); 1 Cor 16:19. ἐνδυναμοῦσθαι Eph 6:10. καλεῖσθαι 1 Cor 7:22a. καυχᾶσθαι 1:31. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12ab; μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. παραλαμβάνειν διακονίαν Col 4:17. πεποιθέναι εἴς τινα Gal 5:10. ἐπί τινα 2 Th 3:4; cp. Phil 1:14; 2:24. προί̈στασθαι 1 Th 5:12. προσδέχεσθαι Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. στήκειν 4:1; 1 Th 3:8. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν κ. 2 Cor 2:12.—W. διδάσκαλος J 13:13f. W. σωτήρ 2 Pt 3:2; cp. 1:11; 2:20 (Just., D. 39, 2). W. Χριστός Ac 2:36; cp. Χριστὸς κύριος (La 4:20; PsSol 17, 32 v.l. [GBeale, Christos Kyrios in PsSol 17:32—‘The Lord’s Anointed’ Reconsidered: NTS 31, ’85, 620–27]; PsSol 18 ins) Lk 2:11. ὁ κ. Χριστός AcPlCor 2:3. Esp. freq. are the formulas ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς Ac 1:21; 4:33; 8:16; 11:20; 15:11; 16:31; 19:5, 13, 17; 20:24, 35; 21:13; 1 Cor 11:23; 16:23; 2 Cor 4:14; 11:31; Gal 6:17 v.l.; Eph 1:15; 1 Th 2:15; 4:2; 2 Th 1:7; 2:8; Phlm 5.—ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς Χριστός Ac 11:17; 28:31; Ro 13:14; 2 Cor 13:13; Phil 4:23; 2 Th 3:6; Phlm 25; 1 Cl 21:6 (Ar. 15, 1). Without the art. mostly in introductions to letters Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; 6:23; Phil 1:2; 3:20; 1 Th 1:1; 2 Th 1:2, 12b; 1 Ti 5:21 v.l.; Js 1:1; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς κ. 2 Cor 4:5; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. Col 2:6. Χριστὸς ὁ κ. 2 Cl 9:5. In an appeal κύριε Ἰησοῦ (cp. Sb 8316, 5f κύριε Σάραπι; PGM 7, 331 κύριε Ἄνουβι) Ac 7:59; Rv 22:20. κύριε AcPl Ha 7:30f, 40.—W. gen. of pers. (in many places the mss. vary considerably in adding or omitting this gen.) ὁ κ. μου ISm 5:2. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 2 Ti 1:8; Hb 7:14; IPhld ins; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Ac 20:21; 1 Cor 5:4; 2 Cor 1:14; 1 Th 2:19; 3:11, 13; 2 Th 1:8; Hb 13:20. Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 1 Cor 9:1. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Χριστός Ro 16:18 (the only pass. in Paul without Ἰησοῦς). ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός Ac 15:26; Ro 5:1, 11; 15:6, 30; 1 Cor 1:2, 7f, 10; 6:11 v.l.; 15:57; 2 Cor 1:3; 8:9; Gal 6:14, 18; Eph 1:3; 5:20; 6:24; Col 1:3; 1 Th 1:3; 5:9, 23, 28; 2 Th 2:1, 14, 16; 3:18; 1 Ti 6:3, 14; Js 2:1; 1 Pt 1:3; 2 Pt 1:8, 14, 16; Jd 4, 17, 21 (also TestSol 1:12 D). ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Χριστός Ἰησοῦς AcPlCor 2:5; cp. AcPl Ha 8, 17=Ox 1602, 20f/BMM recto 22. Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ro 1:4; 5:21; 7:25; 1 Cor 1:9; Jd 25 (Just., D. 41, 4). (ὁ) Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ro 6:11 v.l., 23; 8:39; 1 Cor 15:31; Eph 3:11; 1 Ti 1:2, 12; 2 Ti 1:2 (ὁ ἡμέτερος κ. Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς Just., D. 32, 3 and 47, 5 al.). Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. μου Phil 3:8. ὁ κ. μου Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς AcPl Ha 7, 29. ὁ κ. αὐτῶν Rv 11:8.—W. other genitives: πάντων κ. Lord over all (cp. Pind., I. 5, 53 Ζεὺς ὁ πάντων κ.; Plut., Mor. 355e Osiris; PGM 13, 202) Ac 10:36; Ro 10:12. κ. κυρίων (cp. En 9:4) Rv 17:14; 19:16.—That ‘Jesus is κύριο’ (perh. ‘our κύριος is Jesus’) is the confession of the (Pauline) Christian church: Ro 10:9; 1 Cor 12:3; cp. 8:6; Phil 2:11 (on the latter pass. s. under ἁρπαγμός and κενόω 1. Cp. also Diod S 5, 72, 1: after Zeus was raised ἐκ γῆς εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, there arose in the ψυχαῖς of all those who had experienced his benefactions, the belief ὡς ἁπάντων τῶν γινομένων κατὰ οὐρανὸν οὗτος εἴη κύριος; s. also 3, 61, 6 Zeus acclaimed ‘God and Lord’).—In J the confession takes the form ὁ κύριός μου καὶ ὁ θεός μου J 20:28 (on the combination of κύριος and θεός s. θεός, beg., and 3c).—JFitzmyer, The Semitic Background of the NT Kyrios-Title: A Wandering Aramaean—Collected Aramaic Essays ’79, 115–42; s. also 87–90.
    δ. In some places it is not clear whether God or Christ is meant, cp. Ac 9:31; 1 Cor 4:19; 7:17; 2 Cor 8:21; Col 3:22b; 1 Th 4:6; 2 Th 3:16 al.
    ε. of other transcendent beings
    א. an angel Ac 10:4 (JosAs 14:6 al.; GrBar 4:1 al.; ApcZeph). p. 129 Denis.
    ב. in contrast to the one κύριος of the Christians there are θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί many gods and many lords 1 Cor 8:5 (cp. Dt 10:17); we cannot say just what difference, if any, Paul makes betw. these θεοί and κύριοι; unless we have here an hendiadys, the apostle may imply that the κ. are of lower rank than the θ. (sim. Did., Gen. 248, 5. On the many θεοί and lesser divinities cp. Maximus Tyr. 11, 5ab θεὸς εἷς πάντων βασιλεὺς κ. πατήρ, κ. θεοὶ πολλοί, θεοῦ παῖδες [= δαίμονες 11, 12a], συνάρχοντες θεοῦ. Ταῦτα κ. ὁ Ἕλλην λέγει, κ. ὁ βάρβαρος; 8, 8ef. Also Diog. L. 8, 23 the saying of Pythagoras, that humankind must τοὺς θεοὺς δαιμόνων προτιμᾶν=honor the deities more than the divinities or demi-gods δαίμονες; Heraclitus, Fgm. 5 divides the celestial realm into θεοὶ καὶ ἥρωες. S. also κυριότης 3 and, in a way, PGM 36, 246 κύριοι ἄγγελοι; s. also θεός 1).—On the whole word s. WGraf Baudissin, Kyrios als Gottesname im Judentum u. s. Stelle in d. Religionsgesch., 4 vols. 1926–29; SvenHerner, Die Anwendung d. Wortes κ. im NT 1903; Dssm., LO 298ff [LAE 353ff]; BBacon, Jesus as Lord: HTR 4, 1911, 204–28; WHeitmüller, ZNW 13, 1912, 333ff; HBöhlig, D. Geisteskultur v. Tarsos 1913, 53ff, Zum Begriff κύριος bei Pls: ZNW 14, 1913, 23ff, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 170ff; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921 [Engl. tr. JSteely ’70]; PWern-le, ZTK 25, 1915, 1–92; PAlthaus, NKZ 26, 1915, 439ff; 513ff; Heitmüller, ZTK 25, 1915, 156ff; Bousset, Jesus der Herr 1916; GVos, The Continuity of the Kyrios Title in the NT: PTR 13, 1915, 161–89, The Kyrios Christos Controversy: ibid. 15, 1917, 21–89; EWeber, Zum Gebrauch der κύριος-Bez.: NKZ 31, 1920, 254ff; ERohde, Gottesglaube u. Kyriosglaube bei Paulus: ZNW 22, 1923, 43ff; RSeeberg, D. Ursprung des Christenglaubens 1914; JWeiss, D. Urchristentum 1917, 351ff; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 10:9; Burton, ICC Gal 1921, 399–404; WFoerster, Herr ist Jesus 1924; AFrövig, D. Kyriosglaube des NTs 1928; ELohmeyer, Kyr. Jesus 1928; EvDobschütz, Κύριος Ἰησοῦς: ZNW 30, ’31, 97–123 (lit.); OMichel, D. Christus des Pls: ZNW 32, ’33, 6–31; also 28, 1929, 324–33; Dodd 9–11; LCerfaux, ‘Kyrios’ dans les citations paul. de l’AT: ETL 20, ’43, 5–17; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 130–37; PÉLangevin, Jésus Seigneur ’67; IPotterie, BRigaux Festschr. ’70, 117–46 (Luke); JKingsbury, JBL 94, ’75, 246–55 (Mt); FDanker, Luke ’87, 60–81; DZeller, 925–28 (lit.).—B. 1330. Schürer II 326. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κύριος

  • 7 παρά

    παρά (Hom.+. On elision s. B-D-F §17; Rob. 208) prep. w. three cases (Kühner-G. §440; Schwyzer II 491–98; B-D-F §236–38; Rob. 612–16. Further lit. s.v. ἀνά, beg.; also HRau, De praepositionis παρά usu: GCurtius, Studien etc. III 1870).
    A. W. gen., which nearly always as in Hom., Hdt., Pla., X. et al. denotes a pers., and indicates that someth. proceeds fr. this pers. (Hs 2:3 is an exception):
    ① marker of extension from the side of, from (the side of) w. local sense preserved, used w. verbs of coming, going, sending, originating, going out, etc. (TestAbr A 2 p. 78, 30 [Stone p. 4] παρὰ τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως ἀπεστάλην; Lucian, Demon. 13 ἀπιὼν παρʼ αὐτοῦ) ἐκπορεύεσθαι J 15:26b. ἐξέρχεσθαι 16:27; 17:8; Lk 2:1; 6:19. ἔρχεσθαι 8:49. παραγίνεσθαι Mk 14:43. πέμπειν τινὰ παρά τινος J 15:26a. πνεύματος ἁγίου … παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀποσταλέντος εἰς αὐτήν (=Μαρίαν) AcPlCor 2:5. εἶναι παρά τινος be from someone (cp. Job 21:2, 9) J 6:46; 7:29; 9:16, 33; 17:7.
    ② marker of one who originates or directs, from (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 100 §420 παρὰ τ. θεῶν; TestJob 38:8 παρὰ θεοῦ) παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη this was the Lord’s doing Mt 21:42; Mk 12:11 (both Ps 117:23). W. a double negative: οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τ. θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα (s. ἀδυνατέω) Lk 1:37. τὰ λελαλημένα αὐτῇ παρὰ κυρίου what was said to her (by the angel) at the Lord’s command vs. 45. ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ John the Baptist was not, like Jesus, sent out fr. the very presence of God, but one whose coming was brought about by God J 1:6 (cp. 2 Macc 11:17). παρʼ ἑαυτῆς φέρει καρπὸν καὶ παρὰ τῆς πτελέας it (i.e. the vine) bears fruit which comes both from itself and from the elm Hs 2:3. On 2 Pt 2:11 s. κρίσις 1bβ.
    ③ marker of the point fr. which an action originates, from
    ⓐ after verbs
    α. of asking, demanding αἰτεῖν and αἰτεῖσθαι (cp. X., An. 1, 3, 16, Hell. 3, 1, 4; SIG 785, 9f; PFay 121, 12ff; Tob 4:19 BA al.; LXX; TestAbr A 9 p. 87, 2 [Stone p. 22]; TestJob 20:2; ParJer 7:14; Jos., Ant. 15, 92) Mt 20:20 v.l. (for ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ); J 4:9; Ac 3:2; 9:2; Js 1:5; 1J 5:15 v.l. (for ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ); 1 Cl 36:4 (Ps 2:8); Hm 9:2, 4; Dg 1. ζητεῖν (Tob 4:18; Sir 7:4; cp. 1 Macc 7:13) Mk 8:11; Lk 11:16; 12:48.
    β. of taking, accepting, receiving λαμβάνειν (class.; Appian, Mithrid. 88 §397; SIG 546 B, 23 [III B.C.]; Jdth 12:15; Sus 55 Theod.; 1 Macc 8:8; 11:34; 4 Macc 12:11; TestJob 11:5; JosAs 24:11; Just., A I, 39, 5 al.) Mk 12:2; Lk 6:34; J 5:34, 41, 44; 10:18; Ac 2:33; 3:5; 17:9; 20:24; 26:10 (Jos., Ant. 14, 167 λαβὼν ἐξουσίαν παρά σου [= τ. ἀρχιερέως]; 11, 169); Js 1:7; 2 Pt 1:17; 2J 4; Rv 2:28; Hs 1:8; 8, 3, 5; GJs 20, 2 codices. ἀπολαμβάνειν (SIG 150, 19f [restored text; IV B.C.]; 4 Macc 18:23) Hv 5:7. παραλαμβάνειν (Hdt. et al.; oft. ins; POxy 504, 14 al. in pap) Gal 1:12; 1 Th 2:13; 4:1; 2 Th 3:6. δέχεσθαι (Thu. 1, 20, 1 et al.; 1 Macc 15:20; TestJob 11:12; cp. διαδέχεσθαι Ath. 37, 1) Ac 22:5; Phil 4:18a. κομίζεσθαι (SIG 244 I, 5ff [IV B.C.]; Gen 38:20; 2 Macc 7:11; Ath. 12, 1) Eph 6:8. εὑρεῖν (SIG 537, 69; 1099, 28; cp. εὑρίσκω 3, end) 2 Ti 1:18. ἔχειν τι παρά τινος have received someth. fr. someone (1 Esdr 6:5) Ac 9:14; cp. Hv 3, 9, 8. γίνεταί μοί τι παρά τινος I receive someth. from someone (Att.) Mt 18:19. ἔσται μεθʼ ἡμῶν χάρις … παρὰ θεοῦ πατρὸς καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ 2J 3 (cp. X., An. 7, 2, 25). οἱ πιστευθέντες παρὰ θεοῦ ἔργον those who were entrusted by God with a task 1 Cl 43:1 (cp. Polyb. 3, 69, 1; SIG 1207, 12f). παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου πλουτίζεσθαι receive one’s wealth fr. the Lord Hs 2:10.—Sim. in the case of a purchase the seller is introduced by παρά: buy fr. someone ἀγοράζειν (s. ἀγοράζω 1, end) Rv 3:18. ὠνεῖσθαι Ac 7:16. ἄρτον φαγεῖν παρά τινος receive support from someone 2 Th 3:8.
    γ. of learning, coming to know, hearing, asking ἀκούειν (s. ἀκούω 1bβ and 3) J 1:40; 6:45; 7:51; 8:26, 40; 15:15; Ac 10:22; 28:22; 2 Ti 1:13; 2:2; AcPlCor 1:6; ἀκριβοῦν Mt 2:7, 16. ἐξακριβάζεσθαι Hm 4, 2, 3. ἐπιγινώσκειν Ac 24:8. μανθάνειν (since Aeschyl., Ag. 858; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 176; Sir 8:8f; 2 Macc 7:2 v.l.; 3 Macc 1:1; Just., A I, 23, 1 and D. 78, 1 al.; Ath. 7, 2; 22, 8) 2 Ti 3:14. πυνθάνεσθαι (Hdt. 3, 68; X., Cyr. 1, 6, 23; Pla., Rep. 5, 476e; SIG 1169, 30; 2 Ch 32:31) Mt 2:4; J 4:52 (without παρά v.l.); B 13:2 (Gen 25:22).
    ⓑ w. adjectival function ὁ, ἡ, τὸ παρά τινος made, given, etc., by someone
    α. w. a noun (funct. as a gen.: Pla., Symp. 197e ὁ παρά τινος λόγος ‘the expression made by someone’; X., Hell. 3, 1, 6 δῶρον παρὰ βασιλέως, Mem. 2, 2, 12 ἡ παρά τινος εὔνοια, Cyr. 5, 5, 13 τὸ παρʼ ἐμοῦ ἀδίκημα ‘the crime committed by me’; Polyb. 3, 69, 3 ἡ παρʼ αὐτοῦ σωτηρία; Polyaenus 3, 9, 28 ἡ παρὰ στρατηγοῦ ἀρετή; SIG 543, 27; Ex 4:20; 14:13; Philo, Plant. 14; Jos., Ant. 12, 400; Just., A I, 32, 8 and D. 92, 1 al.; Ath. 7, 1) ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη Ro 11:27 (Is 59:21).—Ac 26:12 v.l.; 22 v.l.
    β. w. subst. function
    א. τὰ παρά τινος what someone gives, someone’s gifts (X., Mem. 3, 11, 13; Jos., Bell. 2, 124, Ant. 8, 175; Tat. 32, 1 τὰ παρὰ θεοῦ) Lk 10:7; Phil 4:18b. τὰ παρʼ αὐτῆς her property, what she had Mk 5:26 (cp. IPriene 111, 177). τὰ παρὰ ζώσης καὶ μενούσης (the help that I received) from a living, contemporary voice Papias (2:4).
    ב. οἱ παρά τινος someone’s envoys (οἱ παρὰ βασιλέω πρέσβει X., Hell. 1, 3, 9; oft. in ins.: see, e.g., OGI 5, 50 from Ptolemy; the full expression οἱ παρʼ ὑμῶν πρεσβείς OGI 8 VI, 108–9; Schwyzer II 498; B-D-F §237, 2) οἱ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως (1 Macc 2:15; 1 Esdr 1:15) 1 Cl 12:4.—The Koine also uses this expr. to denote others who are intimately connected w. someone, e.g. family, relatives (PGrenf II, 36, 9 [II B.C.]; POxy 805 [I B.C.]; 298, 37 [I A.D.]; CPR I, 179, 16; 187, 7; Sb 5238, 19 [I A.D.]; Sus 33; 1 Macc 13:52; Jos., Ant. 1, 193. Further exx. fr. pap in Mlt. 106f; Rossberg [s. ἀνά, beg.] 52) Mk 3:21 (s. CBruston/PFarel: RTQR 18, 1909, 82–93; AWabnitz, ibid. 221–25; SMonteil, ibid. 19, 1910, 317–25; JMoulton, Mk 3:21: ET 20, 1909, 476; GHartmann, Mk 3:20f: BZ 11, 1913, 248–79; FZorell, Zu Mk 3:20, 21: ZKT 37, 1913, 695–7; JBelser, Zu Mk 3:20f: TQ 98, 1916, 401–18; Rdm.2 141; 227.—S. also at ἐξίστημι 2a).
    B. w. dat., the case that exhibits close association
    ① marker of nearness in space, at/by (the side of), beside, near, with, acc. to the standpoint fr. which the relationship is viewed
    ⓐ near, beside
    α. w. things (Synes., Ep. 126 p. 262a; Kaibel 703, 1; POxy 120, 23; 2 Km 10:8; 11:9; Jos., Ant. 1, 196) εἱστήκεισαν παρὰ τῷ σταυρῷ J 19:25. κεῖσθαι παρὰ τῷ πύργῳ Hv 3, 5, 5.
    β. w. persons ἔστησεν αὐτὸ παρʼ ἑαυτῷ he had him (i.e. the child) stand by his side Lk 9:47.
    ⓑ in (someone’s) house, city, company, etc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 al. παρὰ Λάβαν)
    α. house: ἀριστᾶν Lk 11:37. καταλύειν 19:7 (Pla., Gorg. 447b; Demosth. 18, 82). μένειν (JosAs 20:8; Jos., Ant. 1, 298; 299) J 1:39; Ac 9:43; 18:3; 21:8. ξενίζεσθαι 10:6; 21:16 (ξενίζω 1). So prob. also ἕκαστος παρʼ ἑαυτῷ each one at home 1 Cor 16:2 (cp. Philo, Cher. 48 παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς, Leg. ad Gai. 271). ὸ̔ν ἀπέλιπον ἐν Τρῳάδι παρὰ Κάρπῳ 2 Ti 4:13.
    β. city: Rv 2:13. So prob. also ἦσαν παρʼ ἡμῖν ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοί Mt 22:25.—J 4:40; Col 4:16 (where the congregation at Laodicea is contrasted w. the one at Col.).
    γ. other uses: παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις among Judeans Mt 28:15. παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἐπιμεῖναι remain with them Ac 28:14; cp. 21:7. οἱ παρʼ ὑμῖν πρεσβύτεροι the elders among you 1 Cl 1:3.—παρὰ τῷ πατρί with (of spatial proximity) the Father Mt 6:1; J 8:38a; cp. 17:5 (Synes., Kingship 29 p. 31d: philosophy has her abode παρὰ τῷ θεῷ and if the world refuses to receive her when she descends to earth, μένει παρὰ τῷ πατρί). Of Jesus: παρʼ ὑμῖν μένων while I was with you (on earth) J 14:25. Of the Spirit: παρʼ ὑμῖν μένει vs. 17. Of the Father and Son in their relation to the faithful Christian: μονὴν παρʼ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα we will take up our abode with him vs. 23.
    δ. fig. παρά τινι before someone’s judgment seat (Demosth. 18, 13 εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάναι παρά τινι; Appian, Maced. 11 §8 παρʼ ὑμῖν ἐς κρίσιν) 2 Pt 2:11 v.l. Closely related is
    ② marker of one whose viewpoint is relevant, in the sight or judgment of someone (Soph., Hdt.; PSI 435, 19 [258 B.C.] παρὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ) παρὰ τῷ θεῷ: δίκαιος παρὰ τῷ θεῷ righteous in the sight of God Ro 2:13 (cp. Job 9:2; Jos., Ant. 6, 205; Ath. 31, 2 εὐδοξοῦμεν … παρὰ τῷ θεῷ).—Cp. 1 Cor 3:19; Gal 3:11; 2 Th 1:6; Js 1:27; 1 Pt 2:4; 2 Pt 3:8. θυσία δεκτὴ παρὰ τῷ θεῷ Hs 5, 3, 8. ἔνδοξος παρὰ τῷ θεῷ m 2:6; Hs 5, 3, 3; 8, 10, 1; 9, 27, 3; 9, 28, 3; 9, 29, 3.—9, 7, 6.—Acc. to the judgment of humans (Jos., Ant. 7, 84; Just., A I, 20, 3) 8, 9, 1. τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρʼ ὑμῖν; Ac 26:8. ἵνα μὴ ἦτε παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι Ro 11:25; cp. 12:16 (s. Pr 3:7 μὴ ἴσθι φρόνιμος παρὰ σεαυτῷ).—‘In the judgment’ passes over into a simpler with (PsSol 9:5 παρὰ κυρίῳ; Jos. Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 10 παρὰ θεοῖς=with the gods) εὑρεῖν χάριν παρά τινι find favor with someone (Ex 33:16; cp. Num 11:15) Lk 1:30; Hs 5, 2, 10. τοῦτο χάρις παρὰ θεῷ 1 Pt 2:20. χάριν ἔχειν (Ex 33:12) m 5, 1, 5. προέκοπτεν ἐν τῇ χάριτι παρὰ θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:52. τί ταπεινοφροσύνη παρὰ θεῷ ἰσχύει, τί ἀγάπη ἁγνὴ παρά θεῷ δύναται how strong humility is before God, what pure love before God can do 1 Cl 21:8.
    ③ marker of personal reference, at the side of, with almost equivalent to the dat. as such (Ps 75:13): δυνατόν or ἀδύνατον παρά τινι possible or impossible for someone (Gen 18:14; Just., A I, 33, 2; Ath., R. 9 p. 58, 6) Mt 19:26ab; Mk 10:27abc; Lk 1:37 v.l.; 18:27ab; 1 Cl 27:2.—AFridrichsen, SymbOsl 14, ’35, 44–46. Closely related in mng. is
    ④ marker of connection of a quality or characteristic w. a pers., with (οὐκ) ἔστιν τι παρά τινι someth. is (not) with or in someone, someone has someth. (nothing) to do w. someth. (Demosth. 18, 277 εἰ ἔστι καὶ παρʼ ἐμοί τις ἐμπειρία; Gen 24:25; Job 12:13; Ps 129:4 παρὰ σοι ὁ ἱλασμός ἐστιν; Just., D. 82, 1 παρὰ … ἡμῖν … χαρίσματα) οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τ. θεῷ Ro 2:11 (TestJob 43, 13). Cp. 9:14; Eph 6:9; Js 1:17. Sim. Mt 8:10; 2 Cor 1:17.
    ⑤ marker of a relationship w. a narrow focus, among, before παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς among themselves (Philo, Cher. 48) διαλογίζεσθαι Mt 21:25 v.l. (cp. Demosth. 10, 17 γιγνώσκειν παρʼ αὑτῷ; Epict., Ench. 48, 2).—In ἐν τούτῳ μενέτω παρὰ θεῷ 1 Cor 7:24, the mng. of παρὰ θεῷ is not certain: let the pers. remain in that position (the same one in which he was when called to salvation) before God; it is prob. meant to remind Christians of the One before whom they cannot even have the appearance of inferiority (ins: Mitt-Wilck, I/2, 4, 4 [13 B.C.] παρὰ τῷ κυρίῳ Ἑρμῇ=‘before, in the sight of’; Sb 7616 [II A.D.] τὸ προσκύνημά σου ποιῶ παρὰ τῷ κυρίῳ Σαράπι=‘before the Lord’ S.; 7661, 3 [c. 100 A.D.]; 7932, 7992, 6 [letter II/III A.D.]). Or perh. it simply means that no matter what the situation may be, one is to be focused on God.
    C. w. acc. of pers. or thing
    ① marker of a position viewed as extended (w. no difference whether παρά answers the question ‘where?’ or ‘whither?’ See B-D-F §236, 1; Rob. 615).
    ⓐ by, along περιπατεῖν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν (Pla., Gorg. 511e. Cp. SIG 1182; Jos., Ant. 2, 81) Mt 4:18; cp. Mk 1:16.
    α. παρὰ (τὴν) θάλασσαν by the sea (or lake) , at the shore Mt 13:1; Mk 4:1; 5:21; Ac 10:6, 32; cp. Lk 5:1, 2. παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν by the side of the road (X., An. 1, 2, 13; Plut., Lysander 450 [29, 4] a tomb παρὰ τ. ὁδόν=beside the road) Mt 20:30; Mk 10:46; Lk 18:35 (but on the road is also poss. in these three places; s. d below).
    β. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν to (the side of) the sea (lake) Mt 15:29; Mk 2:13. παρὰ ποταμόν to the river Ac 16:13.
    ⓒ gener. near, at παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τινός at someone’s feet (sit, fall, place etc.; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 16 [Stone p. 44]) Mt 15:30; Lk 7:38; 8:35, 41; 10:39 v.l.; 17:16; Ac 4:35, 37 v.l.; 5:2; 7:58; 22:3 (s. ET 30, 1919, 39f). παρὰ τὸν πὺργον beside the tower Hs 9, 4, 8; 9, 6, 5; 8; 9, 7, 1; 9, 11, 6.—παρὰ τὴν ἰτέαν 8, 1, 2 (cp. TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 10 [Stone p. 14] παρὰ τὴν δρῦν τὴν Μαμβρῆ).
    ⓓ on παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν on the road (w. motion implied; Aesop, Fab. 226 P.=420 H.: πεσὼν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν; Phot., Bibl. 94 p. 74b on Iambl. Erot. [Hercher I p. 222, 22] πίπτουσι παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν) Mt 13:4, 19; Mk 4:4; Lk 8:5; on the road (w. no motion implied; Theophr., HP 6, 6, 10: the crocus likes to be trodden under foot, διὸ καὶ παρὰ τὰς ὁδοὺς κάλλιστος; Phot. p. 222, 29 H. [s. above]) Mk 4:15; Lk 8:12. Perh. also Mt 20:30; Mk 10:46; Lk 18:35 (s. bα above).—παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης on the seashore Hb 11:12 (TestAbr A 1 p. 78, 1 [Stone p. 4]; ApcEsdr 3:10; ApcSed 8:9).
    ② marker of extension in time, during, from … to (Lucian, Catapl. 24 παρὰ τ. βίον=during his life; POxy 472, 10; TestAbr A 20 p. 102, 26 [Stone p. 52] παρὰ μίαν ὥραν; Tat. 14, 2 παρʼ ὸ̔ν ἔζων χρόνον) παρʼ ἐνιαυτόν from year to year (Plut., Cleom. 15, 1; cp. ἐνιαυτός 1) B 10:7.
    ③ marker of comparative advantage, in comparison to, more than, beyond ἁμαρτωλοί, ὀφειλέται π. πάντας Lk 13:2, 4 (PSI 317, 6 [95 A.D.] παρὰ πάντας; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 234 παρὰ τ. ἄλλους ἅπαντας; JosAs 10:6 παρὰ πάσας τὰς παρθένους; Just., A I, 20, 3 παρὰ πάντας ἀδίκως μισούμεθα). κρίνειν ἡμέραν παρʼ ἡμέραν (s. κρίνω 1) Ro 14:5. π. πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν B 11:9 (prophetic quot. of unknown orig.). π. πάντα τὰ πνεύματα more than all other spirits Hm 10, 1, 2. ἐλαττοῦν τινα π. τινα make someone inferior to someone Hb 2:7, 9 (s. ἐλαττόω 1 and cp. PGrenf I, 42, 12 [II B.C.] ἐλαττουμένων ἡμῶν παρὰ τοὺς δεῖνα). εἶδος ἐκλεῖπον π. τὸ εἶδος τῶν ἀνθρώπων (s. ἐκλείπω 4) 1 Cl 16:3.—After a comp. (Thu. 1, 23, 3; ApcEsdr 1:22; Tat. 2, 2) Lk 3:13; Hb 1:4; 3:3; 9:23; 11:4; 12:24; B 4:5 (cp. Da 7:7); Hv 3, 12, 1; Hs 9, 18, 2.—When a comparison is made, one member of it may receive so little attention as to pass fr. consideration entirely, so that ‘more than’ becomes instead of, rather than, to the exclusion of (Plut., Mor. 984c; PsSol 9:9; EpArist 134; Just., A I, 22, 2) λατρεύειν τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα serve the creation rather than the Creator Ro 1:25 (cp. EpArist 139: the Jews worship τὸν μόνον θεὸν παρʼ ὅλην τὴν κτίσιν). δεδικαιωμένος παρʼ ἐκεῖνον justified rather than the other Lk 18:14. ἔχρισέν σε … παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους (God) has anointed you and not your comrades Hb 1:9 (Ps 44:8). ὑπερφρονεῖν παρʼ ὸ̔ δεῖ φρονεῖν Ro 12:3 (Plut., Mor. 83f παρʼ ὸ̔ δεῖ). παρὰ καιρὸν ἡλικίας Hb 11:11 (Plut., Rom. 25, 6 παρʼ ἡλικίαν; cp. ἡλικία 2a).—παρὰ δύναμιν beyond their means (s. δύναμις 2) 2 Cor 8:3.—After ἄλλος (Pla., Lach. 178b, Leg. 3, 693b; X., Hell. 1, 5, 5; Demosth. 18, 235) another than 1 Cor 3:11.
    ④ marker of degree that falls slightly short in comparison, except for, almost παρὰ μικρόν except for a little, almost (s. μικρός 1eγ) Hs 8, 1, 14. Likew. παρά τι (cp. Vett. Val. 228, 6) Lk 5:7 D; Hs 9, 19, 3.
    ⑤ marker of causality, because of (cp. Pind., O. 2, 65 κενεὰν παρὰ δίαιταν ‘in the interest of’ or ‘for the sake of a scanty livelihood’, the scantiness here contrasting with the immense labor involved; Demosth. 4, 11; 9, 2; PRyl 243, 6; POxy 1420, 7) παρὰ τό w. acc. foll. because (SIG 495, 130; UPZ 7, 13 [163 B.C.] παρὰ τὸ Ἕλληνά με εἶναι.—Mayser II/1, 1926, 331; Gen 29:20; Ex 14:11) 1 Cl 39:5f (Job 4:20f). π. τοῦτο because of this (Kühner-G. I 513, 3; Synes., Ep. 44 p. 185a; 57 p. 192d) ITr 5:2; IRo 5:1 (quot. fr. 1 Cor 4:4, where Paul has ἐν τούτῳ). οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο οὐ (double neg. as a strengthened affirmative) not for that reason any the less 1 Cor 12:15f.
    ⑥ marker of that which does not correspond to what is expected, against, contrary to (Hom., Alc. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., Tat., Ath.—Schwyzer II 497) π. τὴν διδαχήν Ro 16:17. παρʼ ἐλπίδα against hope (s. ἐλπίς 1a) in wordplay w. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι 4:18. παρὰ φύσιν (Thu. 6, 17, 1; Pla., Rep. 5, 466d; Tat. 22, 2; Ath. 26, 2, R. 6 p. 54, 13) 1:26; 11:24. παρὰ τὸν νόμον (Just., A II, 2, 4; Ath. 1, 3; cp. X., Mem. 1, 1, 18 παρὰ τοὺς νόμους; PMagd 16, 5 [222 B.C.] παρὰ τοὺς νόμους; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 233; Just., A I, 68, 10) Ac 18:13. παρʼ ὅ contrary to that which Gal 1:8f (Just., A I, 43, 8).
    ⑦ marker of something that is less, less (Hdt. 9, 33; Plut., Caesar 722 [30, 5]; Jos., Ant. 4, 176; POxy 264, 4 [I A.D.]) τεσσεράκοντα παρὰ μίαν forty less one=thirty-nine (i.e. lashes) 2 Cor 11:24 (cp. Makkoth 3, 10 [tr. HDanby, The Mishnah ’33, 407]).—On παρʼ αὐτά ITr 11:1 s. παραυτά.—DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > παρά

  • 8 παραδίδωμι

    παραδίδωμι (Pind., Hdt.+) pres. 3 sg. παραδίδει (-δίδη cod. [ApcEsdr 3:12 p. 27, 23 Tdf.]), subj. 3 sg. παραδιδῷ and παραδιδοῖ 1 Cor 15:24 (B-D-F §95, 2; W-S. §14, 12; Mlt-H. 204), ptc. παραδιδούς; impf. 3 sg. παρεδίδου Ac 8:3 and 1 Pt 2:23, pl. παρεδίδουν Ac 16:4 v.l.; 27:1 and παρεδίδοσαν 16:4 (B-D-F §94, 1; Mlt-H. 202); fut. παραδώσω; 1 aor. παρέδωκα; 2 aor. indic. παρέδοσαν Lk 1:2; 2 aor. subj. 3 sg. παραδῷ and παραδοῖ Mk 4:29; 14:10, 11; J 13:2 (B-D-F §95, 2; Mlt-H. 210f), impv. παράδος, ptc. παραδούς; pf. παραδέδωκα, ptc. παραδεδωκώς (Ac 15:26); plpf. 3 pl. παραδεδώκεισαν Mk 15:10 (on the absence of augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Pass.; impf. 3 sg. παρεδίδετο 1 Cor 11:23b (-δίδοτο is also attested; B-D-F §94, 1; Mlt-H. 206); 1 fut. παραδοθήσομαι; 1 aor. παρεδόθην; perf. 3 sg. παραδέδοται Lk 4:6, ptc. παραδεδομένος (Ac 14:26).
    ① to convey someth. in which one has a relatively strong personal interest, hand over, give (over), deliver, entrust
    ⓐ a thing τινί τι (Jos., Ant 4, 83; Mel., P. 42, 290; 292; 294) τάλαντά μοι Mt 25:20, 22. αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ vs. 14. ὑμῖν τὴν γῆν 1 Cl 12:5. τινὶ τὴν κτίσιν Hv 3, 4, 1; λίθους Hs 9, 7, 1; ἀμπελῶνα 5, 6, 2. Also in the sense give back, restore, give up (X., Hell. 2, 3, 7 τινί τι) αὐτῷ τὴν παρακαταθήκην ἣν ἔλαβον Hm 3:2.—Pass., w. the thing easily supplied fr. the context ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται Lk 4:6.—παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα J 19:30 (ApcMos 42; cp. TestAbr B 12 p. 117, 4f [Stone p. 82] Σαρρα … παρέδωκε τὴν ψυχήν; ParJer 9:8; ApcEsdr 7:14) needs no dat.: he gave up his spirit voluntarily. ἄνθρωποι παραδεδωκότες τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου men who have risked ( pledged Field, Notes 124) their lives for the name of the Lord Ac 15:26. καὶ ἐὰν παραδῶ τὸ σῶμά μου ἵνα καυθήσομαι and if I give up my body to be burned 1 Cor 13:3 (Maximus Tyr. 1, 9i τῇ Αἴτνῃ αὐτοῦ παραδοὺς σῶμα; Syntipas p. 60, 11 πυρὶ σεαυτὴν παραδίδως). ὅταν παραδιδοῖ τ. βασιλείαν τῷ θεῷ when (Christ) delivers the kingship to God 15:24.
    ⓑ hand over, turn over, give up a person ([Lat. trado] as a t.t. of police and courts ‘hand over into [the] custody [of]’ OGI 669, 15; PHib 92, 11; 17; PLille 3, 59 [both pap III B.C.]; PTebt 38, 6 [II B.C.] al.—As Military term ‘surrender’: Paus. 1, 2, 1; X., Cyr. 5, 1, 28; 5, 4, 51.) τινά someone Mt 10:19; 24:10; 27:18; Mk 13:11; Ac 3:13. Pass. Mt 4:12; Mk 1:14; Lk 21:16. τινά τινι Mt 5:25 (fr. one official to another, as UPZ 124, 19f [II B.C.]; TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 11 [Stone p. 78]); 18:34; 27:2; Mk 10:33b; cp. 15:1; Lk 12:58; 20:20; J 18:30, 35; Ac 27:1; 28:16 v.l.; Hs 7:5; 9, 10, 6; Pass. Lk 18:32; J 18:36; Hv 5:3f; m 4, 4, 3; Hs 6, 3, 6b; 9, 11, 2; 9, 13, 9; 9, 20, 4; 9, 21, 4. τὸν Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν Lk 23:25.—Esp. of Judas (s. Brown, Death I 211f on tendency of translators to blur the parallelism of Judas’ action to the agency of others in the passion narrative), whose information and action leads to the arrest of Jesus, w. acc. and dat. ἐγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν Mt 26:15. Cp. Mk 14:10; Lk 22:4, 6; J 19:11. Pass. Mt 20:18; Mk 10:33a. Without a dat. Mt 10:4; 26:16, 21, 23; Mk 3:19; 14:11, 18; Lk 22:48; J 6:64, 71; 12:4; 13:21. Pass. Mt 26:24; Mk 14:21; Lk 22:22; 1 Cor 11:23b (NRSV et al. render ‘betrayed’, but it is not certain that when Paul refers to ‘handing over’, ‘delivering up’, ‘arresting’ [so clearly Posidon.: 87 Fgm. 36, 50 Jac. παραδοθείς ‘surrendered’] he is even thinking of the action taken against Jesus by Judas much less interpreting it as betrayal; cp. Ac 3:13 παρεδώκατε). ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτόν (παραδιδούς με) his (my) informer (on the role of a מסוֹר in Israelite piety s. WKlassen, Judas ’96, 62–66; but Ac 1:18 the action of Judas as ἀδικία) Mt 26:25, 46, 48; Mk 14:42, 44; Lk 22:21; J 13:11; 18:2, 5. Cp. Mt 27:3, 4; J 21:20. The article w. pres. ptc. connotes the notoriety (cp. the use of traditor in Tacitus, Histories 4, 24) of Judas in early tradition. His act is appraised as betrayal Lk 6:16, s. προδότης.—τινὰ εἰς χεῖράς τινος deliver someone/someth. into someone’s hands (a Semitic construction, but paralleled in Lat., cp. Livy 26, 12, 11; Dt 1:27; Jer 33:24; Jdth 6:10; 1 Macc 4:30; 1 Esdr 1:50. Pass. Jer 39:4, 36, 43; Sir 11:6; Da 7:25, 11:11; TestJob 20:3; ParJer 2:7 τὴν πόλιν; AscIs 2:14; cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 20) Ac 21:11. Pass. Mt 17:22; 26:45; Mk 9:31; 14:41; Lk 9:44; 24:7 (NPerrin, JJeremias Festschr., ’70, 204–12); Ac 28:17. ἡ γῆ παραδοθήσεται εἰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ D 16:4b. Also ἐν χειρί τινος (Judg 7:9; 2 Esdr 9:7; cp. 2 Ch 36:17; 1 Macc 5:50; Just., D. 40, 2 ὁ τόπος τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑμῶν παραδοθήσεται) 1 Cl 55:5b.—W. indication of the goal, or of the purpose for which someone is handed over: in the inf. (Jos., Bell. 1, 655) παραδιδόναι τινά τινι φυλάσσειν αὐτόν hand someone over to someone to guard him (X., An. 4, 6, 1) Ac 12:4. W. local εἰς (OGI 669, 15 εἰς τὸ πρακτόρειόν τινας παρέδοσαν; PGiss 84 II, 18 [II A.D.] εἰς τ. φυλακήν): εἰς συνέδρια hand over to the local courts Mt 10:17; Mk 13:9. εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς καὶ φυλακάς hand someone over to the synagogues and prisons Lk 21:12. εἰς φυλακήν put in prison Ac 8:3; cp. 22:4. Also εἰς δεσμωτήριον (of a transcendent place of punishment: cp. PGM 4, 1245ff ἔξελθε, δαῖμον, … παραδίδωμί σε εἰς τὸ μέλαν χάος ἐν ταῖς ἀπωλείαις) Hs 9, 28, 7. ἑαυτοὺς εἰς δεσμά give oneself up to imprisonment 1 Cl 55:2a. W. final εἰς (cp. En 97:10 εἰς κατάραν μεγάλην παρα[δο]θήσεσθε): ἑαυτοὺς εἰς δουλείαν give oneself up to slavery 55:2b (cp. Just., D. 139, 4). εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι hand over to be crucified Mt 26:2. εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι κτλ. 20:19. εἰς θλῖψιν 24:9. εἰς κρίμα θανάτου Lk 24:20. εἰς κρίσιν 2 Pt 2:4. εἰς θάνατον hand over to death (POxy 471, 107 [II A.D.]): Mt 10:21 (Unknown Sayings, 68 n. 3: by informing on the other); Mk 13:12; Hm 12, 1, 2f; pass.: ending of Mk in the Freer ms.; 2 Cor 4:11; 1 Cl 16:13 (Is 53:12); B 12:2; Hs 9, 23, 5. π. ἑαυτὸν εἰς θάνατον give oneself up to death 1 Cl 55:1; fig. hand oneself over to death Hs 6, 5, 4. εἰς θλῖψιν θανάτου παραδίδοσθαι be handed over to the affliction of death B 12:5. π. τὴν σάρκα εἰς καταφθοράν give up his flesh to corruption 5:1.—ἵνα stands for final εἰς: τὸν Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ he handed Jesus over to be crucified Mt 27:26; Mk 15:15; cp. J 19:16.—π. alone w. the mng. hand over to suffering, death, punishment, esp. in relation to Christ: κύριος παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 Cl 16:7 (cp. Is 53:6).—Ro 8:32. Pass. 4:25; cp. B 16:5. π. ἑαυτὸν ὑπέρ τινος Gal 2:20 (GBerényi, Biblica 65, ’84, 490–537); Eph 5:25. παρέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν τῷ θεῷ he gave himself to God for us as a sacrifice and an offering vs. 2.—π. τινὰ τῷ σατανᾷ εἰς ὄλεθρον τῆς σαρκός hand someone over to Satan for destruction of his physical body 1 Cor 5:5. οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ σατανᾷ, ἵνα whom I have turned over to Satan, in order that 1 Ti 1:20 (cp. INikaia I, 87, 4f of someone handed over to the gods of the netherworld for tomb violation [New Docs 4, 165]; also the exorcism PGM 5, 334ff νεκυδαίμων, … παραδίδωμί σοι τὸν δεῖνα, ὅπως … ; s. the lit. s.v. ὄλεθρος 2; also CBruston, L’abandon du pécheur à Satan: RTQR 21, 1912, 450–58; KLatte, Heiliges Recht 1920; LBrun, Segen u. Fluch im Urchr. ’32, 106ff). The angel of repentance says: ἐμοὶ παραδίδονται εἰς ἀγαθὴν παιδείαν they are turned over to me for good instruction Hs 6, 3, 6a (Demetr. Phaler. [IV/III B.C.] Fgm. 164 FWehrli ’49: Demosthenes παραδίδωσι ἑαυτὸν τῷ Ἀνδρονίκῳ to be initiated into dramatic art).—ἑαυτοὺς παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελγείᾳ they gave themselves over to debauchery Eph 4:19. ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τ. αἰῶνος τούτου Hs 6, 2, 3. ταῖς τρυφαῖς καὶ ἀπάταις 6, 2, 4. παρεδώκατε ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὰς ἀκηδίας Hv 3, 11, 3 (s. ἀκηδία). Of God, who punishes evil-doers: παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν he abandoned them to impurity Ro 1:24 (for the thought cp. 1QH 2:16–19. See also EKlostermann, ZNW 32, ’33, 1–6 [retribution]). εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας to disgraceful passions vs. 26. εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν vs. 28. παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς λατρεύειν τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ Ac 7:42. God, the All-Gracious One, is the subject of the extraordinary (s. lit. διδαχή 2) expression εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς = τῷ τύπῳ δ. εἰς ὸ̔ν π. (obedient) to the form of teaching, for the learning of which you were given over i.e. by God Ro 6:17 (cp. the ins. fr. Transjordania in Nabataean times NGG Phil.-Hist. Kl. Fachgr. V n.s. I, 1, ’36, p. 3, 1 Abedrapsas thanks his paternal god: παρεδόθην εἰς μάθησιν τέχνης=‘I was apprenticed to learn a trade’. AFridrichsen, ConNeot 7, ’42, 6–8; FBeare, NTS 5, ’59, 206–10; UBorse, BZ 12, ’68, 95–103; FDanker, Gingrich Festschr., ’72, 94).
    ② to entrust for care or preservation, give over, commend, commit w. dat. (cp. PFlor 309, 5 σιωπῇ παραδ. ‘hand over to forgetfulness’; Just., A II, 5, 2 τὴν … τῶν ἀνθρώπων … πρόνοιαν ἀγγέλοις … παρέδωκεν ‘[God] entrusted angels with concern for humans’; Tat. 7, 3 τῇ σφῶν ἀβελτερίᾳ παρεδόθησαν ‘they were handed over to their own stupidity’) παραδίδοσθαι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ κυρίου ὑπό τινος be commended by someone to the grace of the Lord Ac 15:40. Ἀντιόχεια, ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὸ ἔργον Antioch, from which (city they had gone out) commended to the grace of God for the work 14:26.—παρεδίδου τῷ κρίνοντι he committed his cause to the one who judges 1 Pt 2:23.
    ③ to pass on to another what one knows, of oral or written tradition, hand down, pass on, transmit, relate, teach (Theognis 1, 28f passes on what he himself learned as παῖς, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν; Pla., Phil. 16c, Ep. 12, 359d μῦθον; Demosth. 23, 65; Polyb. 7, 1, 1; 10, 28, 3; Diod S 12, 13, 2 π. τινί τι pass on someth. to future generations εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν αἰῶνα; Plut., Nic. 524 [1, 5]; Herm. Wr. 13, 15; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 60 τὴν κατὰ νόμους παραδεδομένην εὐσέβειαν; PMagd 33, 5 of a report to the police concerning the facts in a case; Just.; A I, 54, 1 τὰ μυθοποιηθέντα) Lk 1:2. παραδόσεις Mk 7:13 (of the tradition of the Pharisees, as Jos., Ant. 13, 297; cp. the rabbinic term מָסַר); 1 Cor 11:2. ἔθη Ac 6:14. ὁ ἡμῖν παραδοθεὶς λόγος the teaching handed down to us Pol 7:2 (Just., D. 53, 6). ἡ παραδοθεῖσα αὐτοῖς ἁγία ἐντολή 2 Pt 2:21 (ApcMos 23 τὴν ἐντολήν μου ἣν παρέδωκά σοι). ἡ παραδοθεῖσα τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστις Jd 3. τὰ παραδοθέντα (Philo, Fuga 200) Dg 11:1. παρεδίδοσαν αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν τὰ δόγματα they handed down to them the decisions to observe Ac 16:4.—(In contrast to παραλαμβάνειν [the same contrast in Diod S 1, 91, 4; 3, 65, 6; 5, 2, 3; PHerm 119 III, 22; BGU 1018, 24; PThéad 8, 25]) pass on 1 Cor 11:23a; 15:3; AcPlCor 2:4; EpilMosq 2. W. a connotation of wonder and mystery (of mysteries and ceremonies: Theon Smyrn., Expos. Rer. Math. p. 14 Hiller τελετὰς παραδιδόναι; Diod S 5, 48, 4 μυστηρίων τελετὴ παραδοθεῖσα; Strabo 10, 3, 7; Wsd 14:15 μυστήρια καὶ τελετάς. ParJer 9:29 τὰ μυστήρια … τῷ Βαρούχ; Just., D. 70, 1 τὰ τοῦ Μίθρου μυστήρια παραδιδόντες; cp. 78, 6. Cp. Herm. Wr. 13, 1 παλιγγενεσίαν; PGM 4, 475) πάντα (πᾶς 1dβ) μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τ. πατρός μου Mt 11:27; Lk 10:22 (cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 32 πάτερ … παρέδωκας αὐτῷ [ὁ σὸς ἄνθρωπος is meant] τὴν πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν; in Vett. Val. 221, 23 astrology is ὑπὸ θεοῦ παραδεδομένη τ. ἀνθρώποις.—For lit. on the saying of Jesus s. under υἱός 2dβ).—S. παράδοσις, end.
    ④ to make it possible for someth. to happen, allow, permit (Hdt. 5, 67; 7, 18 [subj. ὁ θεός]; X., An. 6, 6, 34 [οἱ θεοί]; Isocr. 5, 118 [οἱ καιροί]; Polyb. 22, 24, 9 τῆς ὥρας παραδιδούσης) ὅταν παραδοῖ ὁ καρπός when the (condition of the) crop permits Mk 4:29.—On the whole word: WPopkes, Christus Traditus, ’67.—M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > παραδίδωμι

  • 9 ὅπως

    ὅπως, [dialect] Ep. also and [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὅππως, [dialect] Ion. [full] ὅκως, [dialect] Dor. [full] ὁπῶς acc. to A.D.Adv.173.11: correlat. to ὡς and πῶς.
    A ADV. OF MANNER, Relat. as, in such manner as, and with interrog. force how, in what manner, rarely indef., v. infr. A. V.
    B FINAL CONJUNCTION, in such a manner that, in order that.
    A ADV. OF MANNER, how, as:
    I Relat. to ὥς or οὕτως (like ὡς), in such manner as, as:
    1 with the ordinary Constr. of the Relat.:
    a with ind.,

    ἦ τοι νόστον, ὅπως φρεσὶ σῇσι μενοινᾷς, ὥς τοι Ζεὺς τελέσειεν Od.15.111

     ;

    οὕτως ὅ... S.Tr. 330

     ;

    ὧδ' ὅ. Id.El. 1301

     ;

    οὕτως ὅ. δύνανται Th.7.67

    : sts. an analogous word replaces the antec. Adv., με τοῖον ἔθηκεν, ὅπως (for οἷον)

    ἐθέλει Od.16.208

     : freq. without any antec. expressed, ἔλθοι ὅ... ἐθέλω (sc. αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν) 14.172 ;

    ἔρξον ὅ. ἐθέλεις Il.4.37

    , Od.13.145 ;

    χρῶ ὅ. βούλει X.Cyr.8.3.46

    ; ποίει ὅ. ἄριστόν σοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ib.4.5.50 ; ὅ. ἔχω as I am, on the spot, S. Ph. 819.
    b with [tense] fut. ind., esp. after Verbs of seeing, providing, taking care.., in the manner in which, how, that,

    οἱ Περσικοὶ νόμοι ἐπιμέλονται ὅπως μὴ τοιοῦτοι ἔσονται οἱ πολῖται X.Cyr.1.2.3

    ;

    ποιέειν ὅκως μηκέτι κεῖνος ἐς Ἕλληνας ἀπίξεται Hdt.5.23

     ;

    ἐφρόντιζον ὅκως μὴ λείψομαι τῶν πρότερον γενομένων Id.7.8

    .ά, cf. Pl.Ap. 29e ;

    ἔπρασσον ὅπως τις βοήθεια ἥξει Th.3.4

     ;

    τοῦτο μηχανᾶσθαι ὅπως ἀποφεύξεται πᾶν ποιῶν θάνατον Pl.Ap. 39a

     ;

    τούτου στοχαζόμενοι, ὅπως.. ἔσονται Id.Grg. 502e

     (cf. infr.111.1 b, etc.): this [tense] fut. ind. may become opt. after a historical tense,

    ἐπεμελεῖτο ὅπως μήτε ἄσιτοι μήτε ἄποτοί ποτε ἔσοιντο X.Cyr.8.1.43

    , cf. HG7.5.3, Cyr.8.1.10, Oec.7.5, Ages.2.8 ; and ὅπως is freq. used interchangeably with such forms as δι' ὧν, ὅτῳ τρόπῳ, etc.,

    εἰσηγοῦνται μὴ δι' ὧν.. ἀσκήσουσιν, ἀλλ' ὅπως.. δόξουσι Isoc.1.4

    , cf. Th.6.11: this sense easily passes into a final sense, so that,

    τοῦτο ἀπόβαλε οὕτω ὅκως μηκέτι ἥξει Hdt.3.40

     ; οὕτω δ' (sc. ποίει)

    ὅπως μήτηρ σε μὴ 'πιγνώσεται S.El. 1296

    , cf. Ar.Ra. 905, X.Cyr.4.5.25, HG 2.4.17 ; v. infr. B.
    2 with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε ) and subj. in indefinite sentences, in whatever way, just as, however,

    ὅππως κεν ἐθέλῃσιν Il.20.243

     (but ὅπως ἐθέλῃσιν (without κε) Od.1.349, 6.189) ;

    οὕτως ὅκως ἂν καὶ δυνώμεθα Hdt.8.143

     ;

    οὕτως ὅπως ἂν αὐτοὶ βούλωνται X.Cyr.1.1.2

    , cf. IG22.1.13 (v B. C.), Pl.Phd. 116a, Smp. 174b, etc.
    b with opt. after historical tenses,

    οὕτως ὅ. τύχοιεν Th.8.95

     ;

    ὅ. βούλοιντο X.HG 2.3.13

     ; in a gnomic statement,

    εἰκῇ κράτιστον ζῆν ὅ. δύναιτό τις S. OT 979

     : when ἄν appears with the opt., it belongs to the Verb and not to ὅπως, ὅ. ἄν τις ὀνομάσαι τοῦτο however one might think fit to call it, D.13.4.
    3 a very common phrase is οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. ( οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως ) there is no way in which.., it cannot be that,

    οὐκ ἔστι ὅκως κοτὲ σοὺς δέξονται λόγους Hdt.7.102

    , cf. Ar.Pl.18, D.18.208, al.; so οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. οὐ, fieri non potest quin,

    οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅ. οὐ πιστὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν πτερὸν ἐξήγαγ' S.OC97

    , cf. Ar.Ach. 116, Eq. 426, Th. 882, Pl.Ap. 27e ; οὐδαμῶς ὅ. οὐ, in answer, it must positively be so, Id.Tht. 160d ; so also

    οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο τοῦθ' ὅ... οὐ φανῶ S.OT 1058

     ; οὐ γὰρ γένοιτ' ἄν, ταῦθ' ὅ. οὐχ ὧδ' ἔχειν (anacoluth. for ἔχει or ἕξει) Id.Aj. 378 : so in questions, ἔσθ' ὅ... ἔλθωμεν; Ar.V. 471 (v.l. -οιμεν) ; ἔστιν οὖν ὅ. ὁ τοιοῦτος φιλοσοφήσει; Pl.R. 495a, cf. Phdr. 262b, Tht. 154c : so, besides ind. of all tenses, οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅ. may be folld. by opt. with

    ἄν, οὐ γάρ ἐσθ' ὅπως μί' ἡμέρα γένοιτ' ἂν ἡμέραι δύο Ar.Nu. 1181

    , cf. V. 212, Isoc.12.156, Pl.La. 184c: by ind. with

    ἄν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ἂν.. κατέστησαν Isoc. 15.206

    , cf. D.33.28 : ἄν is omitted in

    οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως λέξαιμι A.Ag. 620

    , cf. E.Alc.52, Ar.V. 471 (v.l. ἔλθωμεν).
    4 in Trag., etc., like ὡς in comparisons,

    κῦμ' ὅπως A.Pr. 1001

     ;

    γῄτης ὅπως S.Tr.32

    , cf. 442, 683 ;

    ὅπως δρῦν ὑλοτόμοι σχίζουσι κάρα Id.El.98

     (anap.) ; ὅπως ἁ πάνδυρτος ἀηδών ib. 1076 (lyr.), cf. Ph. 777, E.Andr. 1140 ;

    ὅκως τις καλλίης κάτω κύπτων Herod.3.41

     ; so in [dialect] Locr. Prose,

    ὅπω (ς) ξένον IG9(1).334.2

     (V B.C.).
    5 like ὡς or ὅτι, with [comp] Sup. of Advs.,

    ὅ. ἄριστα A.Ag. 600

    , IG12.44.8, etc.; ὅ. ἀνωτάτω as high up as possible, Ar. Pax 207 ; in full, οὕτως ὅ. ἥδιστα (sc. ἔχει) S.Tr. 330.
    6 with a gen. added, σοῦσθε ὅ. ποδῶν run as you are off for feet, i. e. as quick as you can, A.Supp. 837 (lyr., where however < ἔχετε> shd. prob. be added); v. infr. 111.10, ἔχω (A) B. 11.2b.
    7 sts. of Time, when,

    Τρῶες.. ὅπως ἴδον αἷμ' Ὀδυσῆος.., ἐπ' αὐτῷ πάντες ἔβησαν Il.11.459

    , cf. 12.208, Od.3.373: freq. in Hdt. with opt., whenever,

    ὅκως μὲν εἴη ἐν τῇ γῇ καρπὸς ἁδρός 1.17

    , cf. 68, 100, 162, 186, 2.13, 174, al.: in Trag. and Com., A.Pers. 198, S.El. 749, Tr. 765, Ar.Nu. 60 : with [comp] Sup. of Advs.,

    ὅ. πρῶτα

     as soon as,

    Hes.Th. 156

     ;

    ὅ. ὤκιστα Thgn.427

     ;

    ὅ. τάχιστα A.Pr. 230

    .
    8 of Place, where, dub. in Herod.3.75.
    II ὅπως is sts. used to introduce the substance of a statement, after Verbs of saying, thinking, or perceiving, that, how,

    λόγῳ ἀνάπεισον ὅκως.. Hdt.1.37

     ;

    οὐδὲ φήσω ὅκως.. Id.2.49

    , cf. 3.115, 116 ;

    τοῦτ' αὐτὸ μή μοι φράζ', ὅπως οὐκ εἶ κακός S.OT 548

    , cf. Ant. 223, Pl.Euthd. 296e ; after ἐλπίζειν, S.El. 963, E.Heracl. 1051 ; after Verbs of emotion, ἐμοὶ δ' ἄχος.., ὅπως δὴ δηρὸν ἀποίχεται grief is mine, when I think how.. (i. e. that..), Od.4.109, cf. S.Ph. 169 (lyr.); after θαυμάζω freq. in [dialect] Att.,

    θαυμάζω ὅ. ποτὲ ἐπείσθησαν Ἀθηναῖοι X.Mem.1.1.20

    , cf. Pl.Cri. 43a.
    2 οὐχ ὅ... ἀλλὰ or ἀλλὰ καὶ.. is not only not.. but.., and is expld. by an ellipsis of λέγω or ἐρῶ (cf. ὅτι IV), οὐχ ὅ. κωλυταὶ.. γενήσεσθε, ἀλλὰ καὶ.. δύναμιν προσλαβεῖν περιόψεσθε not only will you not become.., but you will also.., Th.1.35, cf. X.HG5.4.34, D.6.9 ;

    οὐχ ὅ. ὑμῖν τῶν αὑτοῦ τι ἐπέδωκεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ὑμετέρων πολλὰ ὑφῄρηται Lys.30.26

     ;

    οὐχ ὅ. τούτων χάριν ἀπέδοσαν, ἀλλ' ἀπολιπόντες ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων συμμαχίαν εἰσῆλθον Isoc.14.27

    , cf. D.18.131, 53.13 ;

    οὐ γὰρ ὅπως.., ἀλλὰ καὶ.. Id.21.11

     ;

    οὔκουν ὅπως.., ἀλλὰ.. X.Cyr.8.2.12

     ; also

    οὐχ ὅ..., ἀλλ' οὐδέ.., οὐχ ὅ. ἀδικοῦντες, ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἐπιδημοῦντες ἐφυγαδευόμεθα Id.HG2.4.14

     ;

    οὐχ ὅ. τῆς κοινῆς ἐλευθερίας μετέχομεν, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ δουλείας μετρίας τυχεῖν ἠξιώθημεν Isoc.14.5

     ;

    διμοιρίαν λαμβάνων ἐν ταῖς θοίναις οὐχ ὅπως ἀμφοτέραις ἐχρῆτο, ἀλλὰ διαπέμπων οὐδετέραν αὑτῷ κατέλειπε X.Ages.5.1

     ;

    οὐχ ὅ. ζημιοῦν, ἀλλὰ μηδ' ἀτιμάζειν.. Th.3.42

     : so sts. μὴ ὅ. (where an imper. must be supplied), μὴ ὅ. ὀρχεῖσθαι ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ὀρθοῦσθαι ἐδύνασθε do not think that you could dance = so far from being able to dance, X.Cyr.1.3.10.
    b οὐχ ὅ. rarely follows another clause, to say nothing of.., let alone..,

    πεπαύμεθ' ἡμεῖς, οὐχ ὅ. σε παύσομεν S.El. 796

     ; μηδ' ἐμπίδα, οὐχ ὅπως ταῦρον ἔτι ἄρασθαι δυνάμενος.. let alone a bull, Luc.Cont.8, cf. Prom.8, Pr.Im.7, Pisc. 31.
    III in in direct questions, how, in what way or manner:
    1 with ind.,
    a

    ἔσπετε νῦν μοι ὅππως δὴ.. πῦρ ἔμπεσε νηυσίν Il.16.113

     ;

    εἴπ' ἄγε μ'.. ὅππως τούσδ' ἵππους λάβετον 10.545

     ;

    εὖ μοι κατάλεξον ὅπως ἤντησας Od.3.97

     ;

    ὅπως ἠφανίσθη οὐδὲ λόγῳ εἰκότι δύνανται ἀποφαίνειν Antipho 5.26

     ;

    Ἀλκιβιάδης ἀνήχθη.. ἐπὶ κατασκοπὴν.. τοῦ οἴκαδε κατάπλου ὅπως ἡ πόλις πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔχοι X.HG1.4.11

     ;

    οὐδέ τί πω σάφα ἴδμεν ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔργα Il.2.252

    , etc.
    2 with deliberative subj. after Verbs of deliberation, taking care, and the like ,

    λεύσσει ὅπως ὄχ' ἄριστα.. γένηται Il.3.110

     ; ἐνόησεν (gnomic [tense] aor.)

    ὅππως κέρδος ἔῃ 10.225

     ;

    ἀλλ' ἄγεθ' ἡμεῖς οἵδε περιφραζώμεθα πάντες νόστον ὅπως ἔλθῃσι Od.1.77

    , cf. 13.365 ;

    οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως.. φῶ S.OT 1367

    , cf. Aj. 428, Lys.8.5, Pl.Men. 91d ;

    ἐπιμελητέον ὅπως τρέφωνται οἱ ἵπποι X.Eq.Mag.1.3

    , cf. Oec.7.36,37,9.14, 15.1, Pl.Grg. 515c.—Sts. the [tense] fut. and subj. are conjoined without difference of meaning,

    ἐπράττετο γὰρ.., πρῶτον μὲν ὅπως μὴ περιμείνητε.., δεύτερον δὲ ὅπως ψηφιε̄σθε.., τρίτον δὲ ὅπως μὴ ἔσται Aeschin.3.65

    , cf. X. Ages.7.7, Mem.2.2.10.—On ὅπως ἄν (κεν), v. infr. 5.
    3 with opt. after tenses of past time, τῶν ἀδῄλων ὅπως ἀποβήσοιτο ib.1.3.2, etc.: after Verbs of deliberation, being virtually orat. obliq., μερμήριξε.. Ἥρη ὅπως ἐξαπάφοιτο (orat. rect. πῶς ἐξαπάφωμαι;) Il.14.160 ;

    μερμήριζεν ὅπως ἀπολοίατο πᾶσαι νῆες Od.9.554

    , cf. 420 ;

    οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν.. ὅπως δρῶντες καλῶς πράξαιμεν S.Ant. 271

     ;

    ἐπεμελήθημεν ὅπως ἐξαλειφθείη αὐτῷ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα Lys.6.39

    , cf. 13.32, X.Cyr.6.2.11.
    4 with opt. and ἄν freq. expressing a wish, which in orat. rect. would be expressed by

    πῶς ἄν, σκόπει ὅ. ἂν ἀποθάνοιμεν ἀνδρικώτατα Ar.Eq.81

     (v.l. ἀποθάνωμεν), cf. Nu. 760 ;

    βουλευόμενοι ὅ. ἂν τὴν ἡγεμονίαν λάβοιεν τῆς Ἑλλάδος X.HG7.1.33

    , cf. Cyr.2.1.4 ; τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιμελεῖται ὅ. ἂν θηρῷεν (v.l. -ῶσιν) ib.1.2.10: the opt. with ἄν and subj. sts. appear in consecutive clauses, Id.HG3.2.1.
    5 ὅπως ἄν (κεν) with the subj. is used after imper. or inf. used as imper.,

    πείρα ὅπως κεν δὴ σὴν πατρίδα γαῖαν ἵκηαι Od.4.545

    ;

    φράζεσθαι.., ὅππως κε μνηστῆρας.. κτείνῃς 1.295

    ;

    σκοπεῖτε.., ὅ. ἂν ὑμῖν πρᾶγος εὖ νικᾷ τόδε A.Supp. 233

    , etc.;

    φύλασσε.. ἔπειθ' ὅ. ἂν.. ἡ χάρις.. ἐξ ἁπλῆς διπλῆ φανῇ S.Tr. 618

    , cf. E.IA 539 : in Prose,

    ἐπιμεληθῆναι ὅ. ἂν.. X.Cyr.8.3.6

    , cf. Pl.Prt. 326a;

    μηχανᾶσθαι Id.Phdr. 239b

    , Grg. 481a, cf. Ar.Eq. 917.
    6 rarely c. inf.,

    ἐπιμελήθητε προθύμως ὅπως διπλάσια.. σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ παρασκευασθῆναι X.Cyr.4.2.37

     (v.l. -εσκευασμένα ᾖ), cf. Oec.7.29, HG6.2.32; so later ὅπως παρακολουθῆμεν ([dialect] Dor. inf.) Supp.Epigr.1.170.18 (cf. p.138, Delph., ii B. C.); ὅπως.. ἔχειν, ὅπως.. εἴργεσθαι, D.S.20.4,85;

    ὅπως πέμπιν PTeb.315.30

     (ii A. D.).
    7 after Verbs of fear and caution, ὅπως and ὅπως μή are used with [tense] fut. ind. or [tense] aor. subj. :— the readings are freq. uncertain: the following (among others) are made certain either by the metre or the form,
    a with [tense] fut. ind.,

    δέδοιχ' ὅπως μὴ τεύξομαι Ar.Eq. 112

     ;

    παντὶ λόγῳ ἀντιτείνετε εὐλαβούμενοι ὅπως μὴ.. οἰχήσομαι Pl.Phd. 91c

     ;

    φόβος.. ἔστιν.. ὅπως μὴ αὖθις διασχισθησόμεθα Id.Smp. 193a

     : sts. the preceding Verb is omitted,

    ὅπως μὴ οὐκ.. ἔσομαι Id.Men. 77a

    .
    b with [tense] aor. subj.,

    τὴν θεὸν δ' ὅ. λάθω δέδοικα E.IT 995

    ;

    φυλάττου, ὅ. μὴ εἰς τοὐναντίον ἔλθῃς X.Mem.3.6.16

     : rarely with [tense] pres.,

    οὐ φοβεῖ ὅ. μὴ ἀνόσιον πρᾶγμα τυγχάνῃς πράττων Pl.Euthphr.4e

     : sts. the preceding Verb is omitted, with [tense] aor. subj.,

    ὅκως μή τι ὑμῖν πανώλεθρον κακὸν ἐς τὴν χώρην ἐσβάλωσι Hdt.6.85

     : with [tense] pres. subj.,

    ὅπως μὴ.. ᾖ τοῦτο Pl.Cra. 430d

    .
    c with opt. representing subj. after a historical tense, X. Mem.2.9.3.
    8 this Constr. is used in admonitions or commands: in the orig. Constr. a Verb implying caution or circumspection precedes,

    ὅρα ὅκως μή σευ ἀποστήσονται Πέρσαι Hdt.3.36

     ;

    ἄθρει.. ὅπως μὴ ἐκδύσεται Ar.V. 141

    ; τηρώμεσθ' ὅπως μὴ.. αἰσθήσεται ib. 372 : but this came to be omitted, and ὅπως or ὅπως μή with [tense] fut. ind. or [tense] aor. subj. are exactly = the imper.,

    ἔμβα χὤπως ἀρεῖς Id.Ra. 378

     (lyr.): most freq. with [tense] fut. ind., ὅκως λόγον δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων, = δίδου λόγον, Hdt.3.142 ; ὅπως παρέσει μοι, = πάρισθι, Ar.Av. 131 ;

    ὅπως πετήσει Id. Pax77

    , cf. X.An.1.7.3, Lys.1.21, 12.50, Pl.Grg. 489a, etc.: rarely with I pers.,

    ὁποῖα κισσὸς δρυός, ὅπως τῆσδ' ἕξομαι E.Hec. 398

    , cf. Ar.Ec. 297 (lyr.): very rarely with [tense] aor. subj.,

    ὅπως μή τι ἡμᾶς σφήλῃ Pl.Euthd. 296a

     codd.;

    ὅπως μὴ.. ἐξαπατήσῃ Id.Prt. 313c

     ;

    ὅπως μὴ ποιήσητε D.4.20

     codd.—The codd. freq. vary, as between διδάξεις and

    - ξῃς Ar.Nu. 824

     ; τιμωρήσονται and

    - ωνται Th.1.56

    ; πράξομεν and - ωμεν ib.82 ; θορυβήσει and

    - σῃ D.13.14

    , etc.—Since the [tense] fut. is frequently, and the [tense] aor. (whether 1 or 2) rarely guaranteed by metre or form, the [tense] aor. 1 forms shd. prob. be rejected, both in signf. 7 and 8, in cases where codd. vary.
    9 as the echo to a preceding πῶς; in dialogue, A καὶ πῶς; B ὅπως; [do you ask] how? Ar. Eq. 128; A πῶς με χρὴ καλεῖν; B ὅπως; Id.Nu. 677, cf. Pl. 139.
    10 with a gen. (v. supr. 1.6),

    οὐκ οἶδα παιδείας ὅπως ἔχει καὶ δικαιοσύνης

     in the matter of..,

    Pl.Grg. 470e

    , cf. R. 389c.
    IV in direct questions, how? ἔπραξας ὅπως; Jul.Ep.82p.106B.-C.; cf. ὅστις.
    V indef., anyhow, τὸ οὐδ' ὅ. the expression 'not at all', Pl.Tht. 183b (v.l. οὐδ' οὕτως).
    B FINAL CONJUNCTION, that, in order that, the original notion of modality being merged in that of purpose or design, cf. ἵνα, with which it is sts. interchanged, Antipho 1.23 and 24, And.3.14, Lycurg. 119 sq.:—in early [dialect] Att. Inscrr. only ὅπως ἄν is used, IG12.39.19, al. ; ὅπως without ἄν only once in cent. iv B. C., ib.22.226.42 (343 B.C.), after which it becomes gradually prevalent:
    1 with subj.,
    a after primary tenses, or after subj. or imper.,

    τὸν δὲ μνηστῆρες.. λοχῶσιν, ὅπως ἀπὸ φῦλον ὄληται Od.14.181

    , cf. A.Ch. 873, S.Ph. 238, El. 457, X.Mem.2.10.2, etc.
    b after historical tenses (v.

    ἵνα B. 1.1b

    ), when there is no [tense] pf. form, or when the [tense] aor. represents the [tense] pf., ξυνελέγημεν ἐνθάδε, ὅ. προμελετήσωμεν we were convened, i. e. we have met in assembly, Ar.Ec. 117 ;

    παρήλθομεν.., ὅπως μὴ χεῖρον βουλεύσησθε Th.1.73

     ; also when the occurrence purposed is regarded from the point of view of the person purposing, ἦλθον πρεσβευσόμενοι, ὅπως μὴ σφίσι.. τὸ αὐτῶν [ναυτικὸν] ἐμπόδιον γένηται ib.31, cf. 57,65, etc.: sts. the opt. and subj. appear in consecutive clauses,

    φρυκτοὺς παρεσκευασμένους ἐς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ὅπως ἀσαφῆ τὰ σημεῖα.. ᾖ καὶ μὴ βοηθοῖεν Id.3.22

    , cf. 6.96, 7.17.
    2 with opt. after historical tenses,

    πὰρ δέ οἱ αὐτὸς ἔστη, ὅπως.. κῆρας ἀλάλκοι Il.21.548

     ; more freq. in Od., as 13.319, 14.312, 18.160, 22.472; so in S.OT 1005, OC 1305, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Pl.Ti. 77e, etc.: after historical [tense] pres.,

    πέμπει τούσδ' ὅπως κτείνοιεν A.Pers. 450

     ;

    ἡγεμόνα πέμπει ὅπως ἄγοι X.An.4.7.19

     : after opt.,

    ἔλθοι.. ὅ. γένοιτο A.Eu. 297

    , cf. S.Aj. 1221 (lyr.).
    3 with ind.,
    a of historical tenses, where the principal clause expresses an action or obligation unfulfilled,

    εἴθ' εἶχε φωνὴν ἔμφρον' ἀγγέλου δίκην, ὅ. δίφροντις οὖσα μὴ 'κινυσσόμην A.Ch. 196

    , cf. S.El. 1134: rare in Prose,

    ἐδεξάμην ἃν.. φράσαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς.., ὅ... προῄδετε And.2.21

     ; τίς οὐκ ἂν.. ταῦτα ἐδήλωσεν, ὅ... ταῦτα ἠλέγχθη; D.36.20;

    οὐκοῦν ἐχρῆν σε Πηγάσου ζεῦξαι πτερόν, ὅ. ἐφαίνου τοῖς θεοῖς τραγικώτερος Ar. Pax 135

    ; τί.. οὐκ ἔρριψ' ἐμαυτὴν.. ὅ. ἀπηλλάγην; A.Pr. 749.
    b of [tense] fut., θέλγει, ὅ. Ἰθάκης ἐπιλήσεται (= φραζομένη ὅπως ἐ.) Od.1.57, cf. Il.1.136 ;

    [χρὴ] ἀναβιβάζειν ἐπὶ τὸν τροχὸν τοὺς ἀπογραφέντας, ὅ. μὴ πρότερον νὺξ ἔσται And.1.43

     ;

    ἐμισθώσατο τοῦτον.., ὅ. συνερεῖ D.19.316

     : sts. [tense] fut. ind. and [tense] aor. subj. are conjoined,

    σιγᾶθ', ὅ. μὴ πεύσεταί τις, ὦ τέκνα, γλώσσης χάριν δὲ πάντ' ἀπαγγείλῃ τάδε A. Ch. 265

    .
    II ὅπως c. subj. is sts. used after Verbs of will and endeavour, instead of the inf.,

    λίσσεσθαι.. ὅ. νημερτέα εἴπῃ Od.3.19

     ;

    αἰτεῖσθαι ὅ. μὴ καταψηφίσησθε Antipho 1.12

     ; δεήσεται.., ὅ. δίκην μὴ δῷ ib.23 ;

    ὅ. μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἠντεβόλει Lys.1.29

     ; παρακελεύεσθε ὑμῖν

    αὐτοῖς ὅ... ἐξίητε Lycurg.127

     ( ἔξιτε Rehdantz): with

    ἄν, δεῖταί μου σφόδρα ὅπως ἂν οἰκουρῇ Ar.Ach. 1060

    , cf. Hdt.2.126, 3.44 ;

    διεκελεύετο ὅπως ἂν.. ἐγγράφωσί με Is.7.27

    ; so δεῖ σ' ὅ. δείξεις (for δεῖξαι), S.Aj. 556, may be expld. as ellipsis for δεῖ σ' ὁρᾶν (σκοπεῖν) ὅπως, cf. Id.Ph.55 ;

    δεῖ σ' ὅπως.. μηδὲν διοίσεις.. Cratin.108

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅπως

  • 10 καταλαμβάνω

    καταλαμβάνω (s. λαμβάνω; Hom.+) 2 aor. κατέλαβον; pf. κατείληφα. Mid.: fut. καταλήψομαι LXX; 2 aor. κατελαβόμην. Pass.: fut. 3 pl. καταλη(μ)θήσονται (PsSol 15:9); 1 aor. κατελήμφθην Phil 3:12 (B-D-F §101 p. 53 s.v. λαμβ.; Mlt-H. 246f s.v. λαμβ.; on the form κατειλήφθη J 8:4 in the older NT editions s. W-S. §12, 1); pf. 3 sg. κατείληπται, ptc. κατειλημμένος. Gener. ‘to seize, lay hold of’ (of forceful seizure Plut., Cleom. 806 [4, 2]; POxy 1101, 26; PsSol 8:19)
    ① to make someth. one’s own, win, attain, act. and pass. (Diog. L. 5, 12 καταλαμβάνω means ‘come into possession of an inheritance’); abs. (though τὸ βραβεῖον is to be supplied fr. the context) of the winning of a prize 1 Cor 9:24. As a result of διώκειν (cp. Diod S 17, 73, 3 ἐπιδιώκων … τὸν Δαρεῖον … καταλαβών; Sir 11:10 ἐὰν διώκῃς, οὐ μὴ καταλάβῃς; 27:8) Phil 3:12a, 13: Χριστόν, corresp. to κατελήμφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ Ἰ. vs. 12b. δικαιοσύνην Ro 9:30. ἐπίγνωσιν πατρός Dg 10:1 cj (vGebhardt for καὶ λάβῃς). The pass. is found in the mng. make one’s own in the ending of Mark in the Freer ms. 3 (KHaacker, ZNW 63, ’72, 125–29).—This may also be the mng. of κ. in J 1:5 ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ (=τὸ φῶς) οὐ κατέλαβεν (-λαμβάνει Tat. 13, 1; cp. Arrian., An. Alex. 1, 5, 10 εἰ νὺξ αὐτοὺς καταλήψεται ‘if the night would overtake them’; here preceded in 1, 5, 9 by k. in the sense ‘occupy’ of positions above a plain; s. Wetstein on J 1:5 and 2b below) the darkness did not grasp it (Hdb. ad loc.; so also Bultmann, and similarly JDyer, JBL 79, ’60, 70f: appreciate), in which case grasp easily passes over to the sense comprehend (the act. [for the mid. in the same sense s. 4a below] has the latter sense in Pla., Phdr. 250d; Polyb. 8, 4, 6; Dionys. Hal. 5, 46, 3; PTebt 15, 5; 38, 18; EpArist 1; Aristobul. [Eus., PE 8, 10, 10 and 17=Denis 219, 18 and 221, 5/Holladay p. 140, 2f and 148, 3]; Philo, Mut. Nom. 4; Jos., Vi. 56). Most Greek commentators since Origen take κ. here as overcome, suppress (Hdt. 1, 46 κ. τινῶν αὐξανομένην τὴν δύναμιν; 1, 87 τὸ πῦρ; WNagel, ZNW 50, ’59, 132–37). So Goodsp. put out (Probs. 93f). But perh. J intended to include both mngs. here (so FGingrich, ClW 37, ’43, 77), and some such transl. as master would suggest this (so MSmith, JBL 64, ’45, 510f).
    ② to gain control of someone through pursuit, catch up with, seize
    ⓐ of authority figures catch up with, overtake (Hdt. 1:63 τοὺς φεύγοντας; Polyb. 1:47; Gen. 31:23; Judg 18:22; PsSol 15:8) διωκόμενοι κατελήμφθησαν they were pursued and overtaken AcPl Ha 11, 18.
    ⓑ mostly of varieties of evil seize w. hostile intent, overtake, come upon (Hom.+; oft. LXX; TestSol 2:4 D; Wetstein and Zahn [comm.] on J 1:5 for other exx.; s. also SIG 434/5, 14) μὴ ἡμᾶς καταλάβῃ κακά lest evil overtake us (cp. Gen 19:19; Num 32:23) 2 Cl 10:1; cp. B 4:1. Of a hostile divinity ὅπου ἐὰν αὐτὸν καταλάβῃ wherever it seizes him (the sick man) Mk 9:18.
    ⓒ esp. used of night, evening, darkness coming upon a pers. (Dionys. Hal. 2, 51, 3 ἑσπέρα γὰρ αὐτοὺς κατέλαβεν; Lucian, Tox. 31; 52; Philo, De Jos. 145; Jos., Ant. 5, 61 καταλαβοῦσα νύξ, Vi. 329 [GrBar 9:1]. But the thought in these instances is not necessarily always that of night as something hostile to humans in general. κ. can also mean simply ‘arrive’, ‘come on’, as in numerous exx. cited by Wetstein [above]; s. also Dionys. Hal. 10, 56, 1 ἐπεὶ κατέλαβεν ὁ τ. ἀρχαιρεσιῶν καιρός; Strabo 3, 1, 5; Jos., Ant. 4, 78) GJs 14:1 κατέλαβεν (-ἐβαλεν pap) αὐτὸν νύξ; J 6:17 v.l. σκοτία. In imagery, w. sugg. of sense in 2b: 12:35.
    ③ to come upon someone, with implication of surprise, catch
    ⓐ of moral authorities catch, detect (PLille 3, 58 [III B.C.]; Just., D. 47, 5 [noncanonical dominical saying]; PRyl 138, 15. Esp. of the detection of adultery Epict. 2, 4, 1; BGU 1024 III, 11; Sus 58) τινὰ ἐπί τινι someone in someth. ἐπὶ μοιχείᾳ in adultery (Diod S 10, 20, 2 ἐπὶ μοιχείᾳ κατειλημμένη) J 8:3 a woman caught in the act of adultery. Pass. (Just., A I, 47, 6) w. ptc. indicating the punishable act ἐπʼ αὐτοφώρῳ μοιχουομένη in the act of committing adultery vs. 4.
    ⓑ of a thief: in imagery of the coming of ‘the day’, unexpected by the ‘children of darkness’ and fraught w. danger for them 1 Th 5:4.
    ④ to process information, understand, grasp
    ⓐ learn about someth. through process of inquiry, mid. grasp, find, understand (Dionys. Hal. 2, 66, 6; Sext. Emp., Math. 7, 288; Vett. Val. 225, 8; TestJob 37:6 τὰ βάθη τοῦ κυρίου al.; Philo, Mos. 1, 278; Jos., Ant. 8, 167; Tat. 4:2 [on Ro 1:20]; Ath. 5, 2; 24, 2) w. acc. and inf. Ac 25:25. W. ὅτι foll. 4:13; 10:34. W. indirect discourse foll. Eph 3:18.
    ⓑ on J 1:5 s. 1 and 2 above.—B. 701; 1207. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καταλαμβάνω

  • 11 πρόβατον

    πρόβατον, ου, τό (Hom.+; on the dat. pl. πρόβασι Hs 6, 1, 6 s. Herodian, Gramm. 1414, 10. πρόβασι βοσνήμασι Hesych p. 275 MSchmidt, as Schwyzer I 499)
    ① sheep (on this mng. s. O. Wilck I 286; B-D-F §126, 1aα; L-S-J-M s.v. I. The more general senses ‘cattle’ or ‘small cattle’ scarcely merit serious attention for our lit., though they are barely poss. in certain passages.) Mt 12:11f; 18:12; Lk 15:4, 6 (on this parable: GNordberg, SEÅ 1, ’37, 55–63); Rv 18:13; B 16:5 (En 89:54ff); GJs 18:3 (codd.). As a sacrificial animal 1 Cl 4:1 (Gen 4:4); J 2:14f. πρόβατα σφαγῆς sheep to be slaughtered Ro 8:36 (Ps 43:23). Defenseless in the midst of wolves Mt 10:16. In danger without a shepherd Mt 9:36; Mk 6:34 (both Num 27:17; cp. Ezk 34:5 and Jdth 11:19); Mt 26:31; Mk 14:27; B 5:12 (the three last Zech 13:7); 1 Cl 16:6f (Is 53:6f). ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων (cp. ἔνδυμα 2; Proverbia Aesopi 123 P. κρύπτειν τὸν λύκον προβάτου δορᾷ) Mt 7:15. The first fruits of the sheep belong to the prophets D 13:3. Jesus ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη … ἄφωνος (after Is 53:7) Ac 8:32 (cp. Vi. Aesopi G 48 P. a dispute over the question: διὰ τί τὸ πρόβατον ἐπὶ θυσίαν ἀγόμενον οὐ κέκραγεν;); B 5:2 (Is 53:7); 1 Cl 16:7.
    ② people of God, sheep. The lit. usage passes over to the nonliteral, or the sheep appear for the most part as symbols of certain people (En 89:42ff; Did., Gen 215:24): in the extended allegory of the Good Shepherd and the sheep J 10:1–16, 26f (in vs. 3 P66 reads προβάτια). Jesus is ὁ ποιμὴν τῶν προβάτων ὁ μέγας Hb 13:20. Cp. 1 Pt 2:25. The bishop is the shepherd, the church members the sheep IPhld 2:1. Cp. J 21:16, 17 (Porphyr., Adv. Chr. Fgm. 26: the ἀρνία are the catechumens, but the προβάτα are οἱ πιστοὶ εἰς τὸ τῆς τελετώσεως προβάντες μυστήριον). The Christians are called πρόβατα τῆς νομῆς σου (=God’s) 1 Cl 59:4 (cp. Ps 78:13; 94:7; 99:3). In the last times under the influence of lying prophets τὰ πρόβατα will be turned εἰς λύκους D 16:3. At the last judgment people will be divided as the shepherd separates τὰ πρόβατα from οἱ ἔριφοι Mt 25:32f (s. ἔριφος; PAmh 73, 6 [129/30 A.D.] differentiates πρόβ. and αἶγες), and the πρόβατα, representing those blessed by the Father, will stand at the right hand of the Human One (Son of Man) vs. 33 (HGraffmann, D. Gericht nach d. Werken im Mt: KBarth Festschr. ’36, 124–36). Jesus knows that he is (divinely) sent 15:24, and sends his disciples 10:6 πρὸς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ.—In Hermas sheep appear (w. shepherds) as symbolic of all kinds of persons Hs 6, 1, 5f; 6, 2, 3f; 6f; 6, 3, 2; 9, 1, 9; 9, 27, 1.—B. 144. DELG s.v. πρόβατα. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πρόβατον

  • 12 ἔρχομαι

    ἔρχομαι Il.13.256, etc. ([voice] Act. ἔρχω as barbarism, Tim.Pers. 167): [tense] impf.
    A

    ἠρχόμην Hp.Epid.7.59

    , Arat.102, ([etym.] δι-) Pi.O.9.93 ; freq. in later Prose, LXXGe.48.7, Ev.Marc.1.45, Luc.Jud.Voc.4, Paus.5.8.5, etc.; in [dialect] Att. rare even in compds.,

    ἐπ-ηρχόμην Th.4.120

     (perh. fr. ἐπάρχομαι), προς- ib. 121 (perh. fr. προσάρχομαι),

    περι- Ar.Th. 504

     cod.: from ἐλυθ- (cf. ἐλεύθω ) come [tense] fut. ἐλεύσομαι, Hom., [dialect] Ion., Trag. (A. Pr. 854, Supp. 522, S.OC 1206, Tr. 595), in [dialect] Att. Prose only in Lys.22.11, freq. later, D.H.3.15, etc.: [tense] aor., [dialect] Ep. and Lyr.

    ἤλῠθον Il.1.152

    , Pi.P.3.99, etc., used by E. (not A. or S.) in dialogue (Rh.660,El. 598,Tr.374, cf. Neophr.1.1); but ἦλθον is more freq. even in Hom., and is the only form used in obl. moods, ἐλθέ, ἔλθω, ἔλθοιμι, ἐλθεῖν, ἐλθών; [dialect] Ep. inf. ἐλθέμεναι, -έμεν, Il.1.151, 15.146 (indic. never ἐλυθ- unaugmented unless

    ἐξ-ελύθη Il.5.293

     has replaced ἐξ-έλυθε); [dialect] Dor.

    ἦνθον Epich.180

    , Sophr.144, Theoc.2.118; imper.

    ἐνθέ Aristonous 1.9

     ; part.

    ἐνθών IG9(1).867

     (Corc., vi B.C.), ([etym.] κατ-) Schwyzer 657.4 (Arc., iv B.C.); subj.

    ἔνθῃ Berl.Sitzb.1927.164

     ([place name] Cyrene); [dialect] Lacon. ἔλσῃ, ἔλσοιμι, ἐλσών, Ar.Lys. 105, 118, 1081 ; later

    ἦλθα LXX2 Ki.24.7

    , Ev.Matt.25.36, BGU530.11 (i A.D.), IG14.1320, etc.; [ per.] 3pl.

    ἤλθοσαν LXX Jo.2.22

    , al., PTeb. 179 (ii B.C.), etc.;

    ἤλυθα IG14.1971

    , Nonn.D.37.424, ([etym.] ἐπ-) AP14.44: [tense] pf. ἐλήλῠθα (not in Hom.) A.Pr. 943, etc.; sync. pl. ἐλήλῠμεν, -υτε, Cratin.235, Achae.24,43 ; [dialect] Ep. εἰλήλουθα, whence I pl.

    εἰλήλουθμεν Il.9.49

    , Od.3.81, part.

    εἰληλουθώς 19.28

    , 20.360 ; once

    ἐληλουθώς Il.15.81

    , part.

    κατ-εληλευθυῖα Berl.Sitzb. 1927.166

     ([place name] Cyrene); Cret. [tense] pf. inf. ἀμφ-εληλεύθεν, v. ἀμφέρχομαι: [dialect] Boeot. [tense] pf.

    διεσς-είλθεικε Schwyzer 485.2

     (Thesp., iii B.C.), part. κατηνθηκότι ib.657.39 (Arc., iv B.C.): [tense] plpf.

    ἐληλύθειν Ar.Eq. 1306

     ; [dialect] Ion.

    ἐληλύθεε Hdt.5.98

     ; [dialect] Ep.

    εἰληλούθει Il.4.520

    ,

    εἰληλούθειν Call.Fr. 532

    .—In [dialect] Att. the obl. moods of [tense] pres., as well as the [tense] impf. and [tense] fut. were replaced by forms of εἶμι ibo (q.v.): in LXX and Hellenistic Greek the place of the compounds, esp. ἐξ-, εἰς-έρχομαι, is commonly taken by ἐκ-, εἰς-πορεύομαι, etc., the [tense] fut., [tense] aor., and [tense] pf. being supplied as before by ἐλυθ- ([etym.] ἐλθ-):
    I start, set out, ἦ μέν μοι μάλα πολλὰ..Λυκάων ἐρχομένῳ ἐπέτελλε when I was setting out, Il.5.198, cf. 150 ; τύχησε γὰρ ἐρχομένη νηῦς a ship was just starting, Od. 14.334 ; ἐς πλόον ἐρχομένοις (v.l. ἀρχ-) Pi.P.1.34.
    2 walk,=

    περιπατέω, χαμαὶ ἐρχομένων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.442

     ; σὲ δ' ἐρχόμενον ἐν δίκᾳ πολὺς ὄλβος ἀμφινέμεται walking in justice, Pi.P.5.14 : the two foreg. rare signfs. belong only to the [tense] pres. ἔρχομαι.
    II (much more freq.) come or go (the latter esp. in [dialect] Ep. and Lyr.), ἦλθες thou art come, Od.16.461, etc.; χαίροισ' ἔρχεο go and fare thee well, Sapph.Supp.23.7, cf. Il.9.43, Od.10.320, 1.281 ;

    ἀγγελίην στρατοῦ.. ἐρχομένοιο 2.30

    , cf. 10.267 ; πάλιν ἐλθέμεν, αὖτε εἰλήλουθα, 19.533, 549 ; οἶκον ἐλεύσεται ib. 313 ;

    οἴκαδε 5.220

     ;

    ἐς οἴκους A.Pers. 833

     : as a hortatory exclamation,

    ἀλλ' ἔρχευ, λέκτρονδ' ἴομεν Od.23.254

    , cf. 17.529.
    III c. acc. cogn., ὁδὸν ἐλθέμεναι to go a journey, Il.1.151 ;

    ἄλλην ὁδόν, ἄλλα κέλευθα ἤλθομεν Od.9.262

     ;

    τηϋσίην ὁδὸν ἔλθῃς 3.316

     : freq. in Trag., A.Pr. 962, Th. 714 (also

    κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδόν Pl.Lg. 707d

    ); νόστιμον ἐλθεῖν πόδα (v.l. δόμον) E.Alc. 1153 ; ἀγγε- λίην, ἐξεσίην ἐλθεῖν, go on an embassy, Il.11.140, Od.21.20.
    2 c. acc. loci, come to, arrive at, rare in Hom.,

    Ἀΐδαο δόμους ἔρχεαι Il. 22.483

     ;

    ἔρχεσθον κλισίην 1.322

     : freq. in later Poets, Pi.P.4.52, S. Tr. 259, etc. ; traverse,

    ὁ ἥλιος ἔρχεται τῆς Λιβύης τὰ ἄνω Hdt.2.24

     : c. acc. pers., αῐ κέν τι νέκυς (acc. pl.)

    ῂσχυμμένος ἔλθῃ Il.18.180

     ;

    σὲ δ', ὦ τέκνον, τόδ' ἐλήλυθεν πᾶν κράτος S.Ph. 141

     (lyr.).
    3 c. gen. loci, ἔρχονται πεδίοιο through or across the plain, Il.2.801 ; but also, from a place,

    γῆς τινος S.OC 572

    .
    4 c. dat. pers., come to, i.e. come to aid or relieve one, rare in Hom., Od.16.453 ; freq. later, Pi.O.1.100, Th.1.13. etc. ;

    ἀποροῦντι αὐτῷ ἔρχεται Προμηθεὺς ἐπισκεψόμενος τὴν νομήν Pl.Prt. 321c

     ; also in hostile sense,

    ἔρχομαί σοι Apoc.2.5

    .
    IV c. [tense] fut. part., to denote the object, ἔρχομαι ἔγχος οίσόμενος I go to fetch.., Il.13.256 ;

    ἔρχομαι ὀψομένη 14.301

     : freq. in Trag.,

    μαρτυρήσων ἦλθον A.Eu. 576

     ;

    ἐκσώσων E.Med. 1303

    .
    2 in Hdt. like an auxiliary Verb, ἔρχομαι ἐρέων, φράσων, I am going to tell, 1.5,3.6, al. ;

    σημανέων 4.99

     ;

    μηκυνέων 2.35

     : rare in [dialect] Att., ἔ. κατηγορήσων, ἀποθανούμενος, Pl.Euthphr.2c, Thg. 129a ; ἔρχομαι ἐπιχειρῶν -σοι ἐπιδείξασθαι, for ἔ. σοι ἐπιδειξόμενος, Id.Phd. 100b ;

    οὐ τοῦτο λέξων ἔρχομαι, ὡς.. X.Ages.2.7

    .
    3 c. part. [tense] pres., [tense] aor., or [tense] pf., in Hom., to show the manner of moving, ἄγγελος ἦλθε θέουσα she came running, Il.11.715, al. ; μὴ πεφοβημένος ἔλθῃς lest thou come thither in full flight,10.510 ; ἦλθε φθάμενος he came first,23.779 ;

    κεχαρισμένος ἔλθυι Od.2.54

    .
    4 aor, part. ἐλθών added to Verbs, οὐ δύναμαι..μάχεσθαι ἐλθών go and fight, Il.16.521 ; κάθηρον ἐλθών come and cleanse, ib. 668 ;

    λέγοιμ' ἂν ἐλθών A.Supp. 928

     ;

    δρᾶ νυν τάδ' ἐλθών S.Ant. 1107

    .
    V of any kind of motion, ἐξ ἁλὸς ἐλθεῖν to rise out of the sea, Od.4.448, al. ; ἐπὶ πόντον to go over it, 2.265 ; with qualifying phrase, πόδεσσιν ἔ. to go on foot, 6.40 (but πεζὸς εἰλήλουθα have come as a foot-soldier, Il. 5.204) ; of birds, 17.755, etc. ; of ships, 15.549, Od.14.334 ; of spears or javelins, freq. in Il. ; of natural phenomena, as rivers, 5.91 ; wind and storm, 9.6, Od.12.288 ; clouds, Il.4.276,16.364 ; stars, rise, Od. 13.94 ; time,

    είς ὅ κεν ἔλθῃ νύξ Il.14.77

    , cf. 24.351 ;

    ἐπὴν ἔλθῃσι θέρος Od.11.192

     ;

    ἔτος ἦλθε 1.16

     ; of events and conditions,

    είς ὅ κε γῆρας ἔλθῃ καὶ θάνατος 13.59

    , cf. 11.135 ; of feelings, go,

    ἦ κέ μοι αίνὸν ἀπὸ πραπίδων ἄχος ἔλθοι Il.22.43

     ;

    ἀπὸ πραπίδων ἦλθ' ἵμερος 24.514

     ; of sounds, etc.,

    τὸν..περὶ φρένας ἤλυθ' ίωή 10.139

     ;

    Κύκλωπα περὶ φρένας ἤλυθεν οἶνος Od.9.362

     ; without φρένας, περὶ δέ σφεας ἤλυθ' ι>ωή 17.261, cf. 16.6 ; of battle,

    ὁμόσ' ἦλθε μάχη Il.13.337

     ; of things sent or taken,

    ὄφρα κε δῶρα ἐκ κλισίης ἔλθῃσι 19.191

    , cf. 1.120 ; so later, esp. of danger or evil, c. dat.,

    εἰ πάλιν ἔλθοι τῇ Ἑλλάδι κίνδυνος ὑπὸ βαρβάρων X.HG6.5.43

     ;

    ἦλθεν αὐτῷ Ζηνὸς βέλος A.Pr. 360

     ;

    μηδ' ὑπ' ἀνάγκας γάμος ἔλθοι Id.Supp. 1032

     (lyr.), cf.Pers. 436 ; of reports, commands, etc., Id.Pr. 663, Th.8.19 ; τοῖς Ἀθηναίοις ὡς ἦλθε τὰ γεγενημένα came to their ears, ib.96 ; τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ' αὐτόν that which was about to happen to him, Ev.Jo.18.4 ; of property, which comes or passes to a person by bequest, conveyance, gift, etc.,

    τὰ ἐληλυθότα εἴς με ἀπὸ κληρονομίας BGU919.7

     (ii A. D.) ; ἐ. εἴς τινα ἀπὸ παραχωρήσεως, κατὰ δωρεάν, PLond.3.1164e6 (iii A. D.), PMasp.96.22 (vi A. D.) : —Geom., pass, fall, ἔ. ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ σαμεῖον pass through the same point, Archim.Aequil.1.15 ; ὅπου ἂν ἔρχηται τὸ ἕτερον σαμεῖον wherever the other point falls, ib.2.10.
    BPost-Homeric phrases:
    1 ἐς λόγους ἔρχεσθαί τινι come to speech with, Hdt.6.86.α', S.OC 1164 codd. ; so

    ἐς ὄψιν τινὶ ἐλθεῖν Hdt. 3.42

    .
    2 εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν τινι (v. χείρ) ; so

    ἐς μάχην ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.7.9

    .

    γ ; είς ὸργάς τισιν Pl.R. 572a

    .
    3 ἐπὶ μεῖζον ἔ. increase, S.Ph. 259 ;

    ἐπὶ μηδέν Id.Fr.871.8

    ,El. 1000 ; ἐπὶ πᾶν ἐλθεῖν try everything, X.An.3.1.18.
    4 ἐς τὸ δεινόν, ἐς τὰ ἀλγεινὰ ἐλθεῖν, come into danger, etc., Th.3.45,2.39 ;

    είς τοσοῦτον αίσχύνης ἐληλύθατον ὥστε.. Pl.Grg. 487b

    , etc. ;

    εἰς τὸ ἔσχατον ἀδικίας Id.R. 361d

     ; ἐπ' ἔσχατον ἐλθεῖν ἀηδίας Id Phdr. 240d ; ὅσοι ἐνταῦθα ἦλθον ἡλικίας arrived at that time of life, Id.R. 329b ; ἐς ἀσθενὲς ἔ. come to an impotent conclusion, Hdt.1.120 ; ἐς ἀριθμὸν ἐλθεῖν to be numbered, Th.2.72 ;

    εἰς ἔρωτά τινος ἐλθεῖν Anaxil.21.6

     ;

    εἰς ἔλεγχον Philem.93.3

    , etc. ; εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἐλθεῖν come to oneself, Ev.Luc.15.17, Arr.Epict.3.1.15.
    5 παρὰ μικρὸν ἐλθεῖν c. inf., come within a little of, be near a thing, E. Heracl. 296 (anap.) ;

    παρ' ὀλίγον ἐλθεῖν Plu.Pyrrh.10

     ; παρὰ τοσοῦτον ἡ Μυτιλήνη ἦλθε κινδύνου so narrow was her escape, Th.3.49 ;

    παρ' οὐδὲν ἐλθόντες τοῦ ἀποβαλεῖν Plb.1.45.14

     ;

    παρ' οὐδὲν ἐλθ. ἀπολέσθαι Plu. Cam.8

    .
    6 with διά and gen., periphr. for a Verb, e.g. διὰ μάχης τινὶ ἐλθεῖν for

    μάχεσθαί τινι Hdt.6.9

    , E.Hel. 978, Th.4.92 ; διὰ πυρὸς ἐλθεῖν τινι rage furiously against.., E.Andr. 488 (lyr.) ; but οί διὰ πάντων τῶν καλῶν ἐληλυθότες who have gone through the whole circle of duties, have fulfilled them all, X.Cyr.1.2.15 ;

    διὰ πολλῶν κινδύνων ἐλθόντες Pl.Alc.2.142a

    .
    7 ἔ. παρὰ τὴν γυναῖκα, παρὰ Ἀρίστωνα, of sexual intercourse, go in to her, to him, Hdt.2.115,6.68 ; πρός τινα, of marriage, X.Oec.7.5.
    8

    ἔ. ἐπὶ πόλιν

     attack,

    Th.2.11

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἔρχομαι

  • 13 καλός

    καλός, ή, όν (Hom.+; pert. to meeting high standards or expectations of appearance, kind, or quality) superl. κάλλιστος, η, ον (Diod S 5, 13, 1; JosAs 14:17 cod. A; ApcSed 11:4 p. 134, 14 Ja. καλλίστατε; Jos., Ant. 16, 142; Just., D. 20, 3; Tat. 28, 1).
    ① pert. to being attractive in outward appearance, beautiful, handsome, fine in outward appearance λίθοι κ. beautiful stones Lk 21:5. Of pers. (Lucian, Tim. 16, Dial. Mort. 1, 3) Hv 3, 13, 1; Hs 9, 3, 1.
    ② pert. to being in accordance at a high level w. the purpose of someth. or someone, good, useful.
    ⓐ of things τόπον καλὸν ἀνακεχωρηκότα a beautiful remote place Hv 3, 1, 3; in the phys. sense free from defects, fine, precious opp. σαπρός (PLond II, 356, 4ff p. 252 [I A.D.]; TestJob 7:5 ἄρτον [opp. κεκαιμένον]) of fish Mt 13:48; superl. τὰ κάλλιστα the especially good ones vs. 48 D. Of a tree and its fruit 12:33; Lk 6:43. Opp. πονηρός of fruits Mt 7:17ff. Otherw. of fruits (Menand., Mon. 303 Mei. [402 J.] καρπός) 3:10; Lk 3:9; Hs 2, 4. ἀμπελῶνες m 10, 1, 5. τράγοι B 7:6, 10. γῆ good soil Mt 13:8, 23; Mk 4:8, 20; Lk 8:15. σπέρμα Mt 13:24, 27, 37f. οἶνος J 2:10ab; Hm 12, 5, 3. μαργαρῖται fine pearls Mt 13:45. Subst. (Epict. 1, 12, 12 καλόν τι ἐλευθερία ἐστί) καλὸν τὸ ἅλας salt is a good thing Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34. ἔργον something useful Hs 5, 2, 7.—Superl. of Polycarp’s writings συγγράμματα κάλλιστα most excellent writings EpilMosq 2.
    ⓑ of moral quality (opp. αἰσχρός IAndrosIsis, Kyme 32) good, noble, praiseworthy, contributing to salvation etc. ἔργον καλόν, ἔργα καλά (Hippocr., Ep. 27, 30; Athen. 1, 15 p. 8f ἐν τοῖς καλοῖς ἔργοις; SibOr 3, 220) Mt 5:16; 26:10; Mk 14:6; J 10:32f; 1 Ti 5:10, 25; 6:18; Tit 2:7, 14; 3:8ab, 14; Hb 10:24; 1 Pt 2:12; 2 Pt 1:10 v.l.; 2 Cl 12:4. λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cl 13:3. καλόν: ἐν καλῷ Gal 4:18b; cp. Pol 6:3. (Opp. κακόν) διάκρισις καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ Hb 5:14 (Sext. Emp., Pyrrh. 3, 168 διάκρισις τῶν τε καλῶν κ. κακῶν). (τὸ) κ. (opp. κακ.) ποιεῖν (2 Ch 14:1; 31:20) Ro 7:21; 2 Cor 13:7. Without the contrast w. κακ. Gal 6:9; Js 4:17; 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:17); Dg 4:3. κατεργάζεσθαι Ro 7:18. ἐργάζεσθαι B 21:2. καλὰ προνοεῖσθαι ἐνώπιόν τινος (Pr 3:4) Ro 12:17; sim. 2 Cor 8:21.—ἀναστροφή (cp. 2 Macc 6:23) Js 3:13; 1 Pt 2:12. συνείδησις Hb 13:18 (cp. PRein 52, 5 οὐ καλῷ συνειδότι χρώμενοι); φόβος 1 Cl 21:8; νουθέτησις 56:2; νηστεία Hs 5, 3, 5; μαρτυρία κ. a good reputation 1 Ti 3:7. ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ κ. ἀγαθῇ in a noble and good heart Lk 8:15 (w. ἀγ., as freq. in Gr-Rom. wr. to characterize exceptional citizens [s. καλοκἀγαθία], also Jos., Ant. 4, 67; 10, 188 al.; Just., A II, 2, 7 al.). Of the law morally unobjectionable (Maximus Tyr. 20, 9a) Ro 7:16; cp. 1 Ti 1:8. ἐντολαί Hm 12, 3, 4; Hs 6, 1, 1f. οὐ καλὸν τὸ καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 Cor 5:6. τοῦτο καλὸν καὶ ἀπόδεκτον ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ 1 Ti 2:3; 5:4 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 7:3; 21:1; 60:2; 61:2; Pol 6:1 (Pr 3:4). πολυτέλεια καλὴ καὶ ἱλαρά Hs 1, 10. λειτουργία 5, 3, 8. Superl.: of martyrs ὑπόδειγμα κάλλιστον finest example 1 Cl 6:1.
    ⓒ in any respect unobjectionable, blameless, excellent.
    α. of pers. κύριος B 7:1; cp. 19:11 (καλό of God: Celsus 4, 14). μαθητής IPol 2:1. ἱερεῖς IPhld 9:1. διάκονος Χριστοῦ Ἰ. 1 Ti 4:6a. οἰκονόμος 1 Pt 4:10. στρατιώτης Χρ. Ἰ. 2 Ti 2:3. ποιμήν J 10:11ab, 14. ἀνταποδότης D 4:7.
    β. of things μέτρον good, full measure Lk 6:38. θεμέλιος 1 Ti 6:19. βαθμός 3:13. ἔργον someth. helpful, beneficial 3:1. διδασκαλία 4:6b. παραθήκη 2 Ti 1:14. ὁμολογία 1 Ti 6:12b, 13. ἀγών 6:12a; 2 Ti 4:7. στρατεία 1 Ti 1:18. κτίσμα (3 Macc 5:11) 4:4. πλάσμα B 6:12. σκεῦος 21:8. βάπτισμα ApcPt Rainer 4. καλὸν θεοῦ ῥῆμα (cp. Josh 21:45; 23:15; Zech 1:13) Hb 6:5. τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (in a Pompeian graffito [Dssm., LO 237; LAE 277] a lover speaks of the καλὸν ὄνομα of his beloved). οὐδὲν φαινόμενον καλόν (ἐστιν) IRo 3:3. πάντα ὁμοῦ κ. ἐστιν IPhld 9:2. τὸ καλόν what passes the test 1 Th 5:21.
    ⓓ The term καλόν (ἐστιν) in the gener. sense it is good qualifies items that fit under one of the preceding clasifications (Pr 17:26.—כָּלָן=καλόν loanw. in rabb.).
    α. it is pleasant, desirable, advantageous (Jos., Bell. 4, 163) Mt 17:4; 18:8f; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33.—1 Cor 7:26a.
    β. it is morally good, pleasing to God, contributing to salvation 1 Cor 7:1 (cp. Gen 2:18), 8, 26b; Hb 13:9.—οὐ καλόν Mt 15:26; Mk 7:27.
    γ. καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον it is better for him Mk 9:42; cp. 1 Cor 9:15. καλόν (σοί) ἐστιν … ἤ it is a(n) (greater) advantage (for you) …, than (cp. Jon 4:3; ApcEsdr 1:6 p. 24, 13) Mt 18:8f; Mk 9:43, 45, 47 (s. B-D-F §190, 2). καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ it would have been better for him Mt 26:24; Mk 14:21 v.l. (B-D-F §358, 1; 360, 1). Without copula Mk 14:21; 1 Cl 51:3; IRo 6:1; 2 Cl 16:4.—That which is good or better is added in the inf., which forms the subject of καλόν ἐστιν (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 13 §46 καλὸν εἴη τινὶ θνῄσκειν; Polyaenus 8, 9, 2; Jos., Bell. 1, 650; 4, 163) Mt 15:26; 18:8f; Mk 7:27; Gal 4:18a; Hm 6, 2, 9; also the articular inf. (Menand., Monost. 283; 291 [396; 410 J.] καλὸν τὸ θνῄσκειν al.). κ. τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα Ro 14:21; 1 Cor 7:26b; IEph 15:1; IRo 2:2; Pol 5:3; MPol 11:1; w. acc. and inf. ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33; cp. Mk 9:43, 45, 47; B 21:1; with εἰ (ApcSed 4:2) Mt 26:24 (1Cl 46:8); Mk 9:42; 14:21; with ἐάν 1 Cor 7:8. S. B-D-F §409, 3; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT ’62, 76–78.—B. 1176; 1191. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καλός

  • 14 κριτής

    κριτής, οῦ, ὁ (s. κρίνω; Trag., Hdt.+; loanw. in rabb.) ‘one who reaches a decision, passes judgment’.
    ① one who has the right to render a decision in legal matters, a judge
    ⓐ lit., in jurisprudence (not older Gk. in this sense, but Diod S 1, 92, 4; Epict. 3, 7, 30; ins; POxy 97, 5; 726, 20; 1195, 1; PTebt 317, 20; LXX).
    α. of human beings Mt 5:25; Lk 12:14, 58; 18:2. ὁ κ. τῆς ἀδικίας the unjust judge 18:6 (for the gen. s. ἀδικία 2 end; W-S. §30, 8; Mlt-H. 440; JDerrett, NTS 18, ’71/72, 178–91). πενήτων ἄνομοι κ. lawless judges of the poor B 20:2; D 5:2. Of Herod Antipas’ judges GPt 1:1. Of the procurator Ac 24:10 (v.l. κ. δίκαιος; so of a human judge Epict., Gnomolog. 48; ApcrEzk [Denis p. 122 ln. 4 =Epiph., Haer. 70, 15]). Of the proconsul κ. τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι I do not wish to render a decision on these matters 18:15.
    β. of God (LXX; Philo; Jos., Bell. 5, 390; TestJud 20:5; PsSol 4:24 al.; Did., Gen. 233, 5; cp. Iren. 1, 13, 6 [Harv. I 124, 1]. Cp. Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 230 D.: τὶς τῶν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ κριτής) and Christ (Iren. 3, 12, 9 [Harv. II 63, 8]) Hb 12:23; Js 4:12; δίκαιος κ. 2 Ti 4:8; Hs 6, 3, 6 (PsSol 2:18 al.). Of God or Christ κ. ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν judge of the living and the dead 2 Cl 1:1.—Ac 10:42; Pol 2:1. ὁ κ. πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν the judge stands at the door Js 5:9.
    ⓑ in a more general sense (Appian, Liby. 52 §227 κριτής τινος judge, critic of someth.) κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν Js 2:4; Tat. 23, 2 of spectators at gladiatorial combats. κριτὴς (νόμου) a judge of the law 4:11. Of the ‘sons’ of the Pharisees κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν they will be your judges i.e. they will convict you of wrongdoing Mt 12:27; Lk 11:19. Of Moses 1 Cl 4:10 v.l. (cp. Ex 2:14).
    ② one who rules in a special sense in the accounts of Israel’s theocratic period, ruler, traditionally rendered judge, a leader of the people in the period before the rise of the Hebrew kgdm. (cp. Judg 2:16, 18f; Ruth 1:1; Jos., Ant. 6, 85; 11, 112) Ac 13:20.—DELG s.v. κρίνω. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κριτής

  • 15 παρρησία

    παρρησία, ας, ἡ (πᾶς, ῥῆσις; Eur., Pla.+; Stob., Flor. III 13 p. 453 H. [a collection of sayings περὶ παρρησίας]; ins, pap, LXX; TestReub 4:2; JosAs 23:10 cod. A [Bat. p. 75, 2] and Pal. 364; EpArist, Philo, Joseph.; Ath. 11, 2; loanw. in rabb.—On the spelling s. B-D-F §11, 1; Mlt-H. 101; s. also Schwyzer I 469).
    ① a use of speech that conceals nothing and passes over nothing, outspokenness, frankness, plainness (Demosth. 6, 31 τἀληθῆ μετὰ παρρησίας ἐρῶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ οὐκ ἀποκρύψομαι; Diod S 4, 74, 2; 12, 63, 2; Pr 1:20; a slave does not have such a privilege: Eur., Phoen. 390–92) παρρησίᾳ plainly, openly (EpArist 125) Mk 8:32; J 7:13; 10:24; 11:14; 16:25 (opp. ἐν παροιμίαις.—On the subject matter cp. Artem. 4, 71 οἱ θεοὶ πάντως μὲν ἀληθῆ λέγουσιν, ἀλλὰ ποτὲ μὲν ἁπλῶς λέγουσι, ποτὲ δὲ αἰνίσσονται=the gods always speak the truth, but sometimes directly, sometimes indirectly), 29 v.l. (opp. παροιμία); Dg 11:2. Also ἐν παρρησίᾳ J 16:29. μετὰ παρρησίας (s. Demosth. above; Ael. Aristid. 30 p. 571 D.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, §15 λέγω μετὰ π.; 3 Macc 4:1; 7:12; JosAs 23:10 [s. above]; Philo; Jos., Ant 6, 256) plainly, confidently Ac 2:29; μετὰ παρρησίας ἄκουε MPol 10:1. This is also the place for πολλῇ παρρησίᾳ χρώμεθα (opp. Moses’ veiling of his face) 2 Cor 3:12 (παρρησίᾳ χράομαι as Appian, Maced. 11 §3; Cass. Dio 62, 13; Philo, De Jos. 107; Jos., Ant. 2, 116).—RPope, ET 21, 1910, 236–38; HWindisch, exc. on 2 Cor 3:12.
    ② ‘Openness’ somet. develops into openness to the public, before whom speaking and actions take place (Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 321 τοῖς τὰ κοινωφελῆ δρῶσιν ἔστω παρρησία) παρρησίᾳ in public, publicly J 7:26; 11:54; 18:20. δειγματίζειν ἐν παρρησίᾳ make a public example of Col 2:15. ἐν παρρησίᾳ εἶναι to be known publicly J 7:4 (opp. ἐν κρυπτῷ). This is prob. also the place for παρρησίᾳ Ac 14:19 v.l. and μετὰ πάσης παρρησίας ἀκωλύτως quite openly and unhindered 28:31. Also ἐν πάσῃ παρρησίᾳ Phil 1:20. This is prob. the place also for 2 Cor 7:4 (but sense 3 is preferred by some): I am speaking to you with great frankness (REB; i.e. without weighing every word).
    ③ a state of boldness and confidence, courage, confidence, boldness, fearlessness, esp. in the presence of persons of high rank.
    ⓐ in association with humans (Socrat., Ep. 1, 12; Cass. Dio 62, 13; EpArist 125 παρρησίᾳ; Philo, De Jos. 107; 222, Rer. Div. Her. 5f; Jos., Ant. 9, 226; 15, 37; TestReub 4:2f. Cp. also OGI 323, 10; POxy 1100, 15; PGM 12, 187; OEger, Rechtsgeschichtliches zum NT: Rektoratsprogr. Basel 1919, 41f) Ac 4:13. Some would put πολλή μοι παρρησία πρὸς ὑμᾶς (sc. ἐστίν and cp. Diod S 14, 65, 4 πρὸς τύραννον π.) 2 Cor 7:4 here, but the context appears to favor 2 above. πολλὴν παρρησίαν ἔχων ἐπιτάσσειν σοι Phlm 8 (π. ἔχω as Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 7). ἐν παρρησίᾳ fearlessly Eph 6:19 (DSmolders, L’audace de l’apôtre: Collectanea Mechlinensia 43, ’58, 16–30; 117–33; RWild, CBQ 46, ’84, 284–98; the verb w. ἅλυσις vs. 20, cp. Paul’s situation Ac 28:30f). μετὰ παρρησίας (Aristoxenus, Fgm. 32; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 42 §178; Jos., Ant. 6, 256; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 1, 11; 5, 18; μετὰ π. καὶ οὐ κρύβδην Orig., C. Cels. 3, 57, 20) Ac 2:29 (cp. Chion 16, 7 H. ἀνέξῃ γὰρ μετὰ παρρησίας μοῦ λέγοντος); 4:31; 1 Cl 34:1. μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης (Jos., Ant. 16, 379) Ac 4:29; 6:10 D; 16:4 D.
    ⓑ in relation to God (Job 27:10; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 5–7; Jos., Ant. 5, 38) w. προσαγωγή Eph 3:12. Here joyousness, confidence is the result or the accompaniment of faith, as 1 Ti 3:13; Hb 10:35. W. καύχημα 3:6; 1 Cl 34:5. παρρησίαν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν θεόν (Jos., Ant. 2, 52) 1J 3:21; cp. 5:14. μετὰ παρρησίας with joyful heart Hb 4:16; 2 Cl 15:3. ἀλήθεια ἐν παρρησίᾳ 1 Cl 35:2. ἔχοντες παρρησίαν εἰς τὴν εἴσοδον τῶν ἁγίων since we have confidence to enter the sanctuary Hb 10:19.—W. expressly forensic and eschatological coloring (as Wsd 5:1) παρρησίαν ἔχειν 1J 2:28 (opp. αἰσχύνεσθαι); 4:17.—EPeterson, Z. Bedeutungsgesch. v. π.: RSeeberg Festschr. I 1929, 283–97; WvUnnik, The Christian’s Freedom of Speech: BJRL ’62, 466–88; HCombrink, Parresia in Handelinge: GereformTT ’75, 56–63; WBeilner, ΠΑΡΡΗΣΙΑ ’79 (lit.); SMarrow, CBQ 44, ’82, 431–46; PMiguel, Parrhēsia: Dictionnaire de spiritualité 12, ’83, 260–67; also articles by DFredrickson, SWinter, AMitchell, WKlassen, in Friendship, Flattery, and Frankness of Speech ’96, 163–254; RAC VII 839–77.—DELG s.v. 2 εἴρω. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > παρρησία

  • 16 στεφανόω

    στεφανόω (στέφανος) fut. 2 sg. στεφανώσει Ps 5:13 Aq., Sym.; 1 aor. ἐστεφάνωσα. Pass.: fut. 3 sg. στεφανωθήσεται 3 Macc 3:28; 1 aor. ἐστεφανώθην; pf. ptc. ἐστεφανωμένος (Hom.+)
    ① to encircle someone’s head with ornamental foliage, wreathe, crown τινά (s. στέφανος 1) someone (Diod S 20, 94, 5) Hs 8, 2, 1. The winner in an athletic contest (who received a wreath of some botanical variety), pass. (Pind., O. 4, 14; Hdt. 8, 59; PCairZen 60, 7 [257 B.C.]) 2 Ti 2:5; 2 Cl 7:1; cp. 7:2, 3; 20:2 (where 2 Cl passes over to the crowning of the victor in the immortal contest. See the hymn to Sarapis IG XI/4, 1299, 9f [c. 200 B.C.] διὰ τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἐστεφανώθη ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ). Hs 8, 3, 6; 8, 4, 6.—One of the two goats on the great Day of Atonement (Lev 16:5ff) is called ἐστεφανωμένος and is taken to be a type of Christ B 7:9.
    ② to recognize distinguished service or performance with an award, honor, reward, crown, fig. ext. of 1 (Pind., Eur. et al.—Cebes 22, 1 στ. δυνάμει; 23, 4) δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφάνωσας αὐτόν Hb 2:7 (Ps 8:6); cp. vs. 9 (Windisch, Hdb. ad loc. [lit.]). Of Polycarp the martyr ἐστεφανωμένος τὸν τῆς ἀφθαρσίας στέφανον MPol 17:1 (Diod S 16, 13, 1 στεφάνοις ἐστεφανωμένους; cp. Iren. 5, 29, 1 [Harv. II 404]). Cp. 2 Cl 20:2 (s. 1 above). Pregnant constr. στεφανωθεὶς κατʼ αὐτῆς crowned as victor (in the struggle) against it (i.e., evil desire) Hm 12, 2, 5.—So intimately are the terms τιμή and τιμάω (q.v.) associated with the awarding of a wreath or crown that the usage of these terms suggests the kinds of qualities or deeds that invite such public recognition (s. MBlech, Studien zum Kranz bei den Griechen ’82, 161; lit. xvii–xxxiii).—DELG s.v. στέφω. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > στεφανόω

  • 17 κιχά̄νω

    κιχά̄νω Ruijgh-VKr Mnem 22,1969
    Grammatical information: v.
    Meaning: `reach, get, hit, meet with' (Il.).
    Other forms: (ep.), Att. κιγχᾰ́νω, several aorists: a) athemat. ( ἐκίχην), - χεις, ( ἐ)κίχημεν, subj. κιχείω, opt. - χείην, inf. κιχήμεναι, - χῆναι, ptc. κιχείς, - χήμενος; b) themat. 3. sg. ἔκιχεν, 3. pl. ἔκιχον, subj. κίχω, κίχῃσι, inf. κιχεῖν, ptc. κιχών; c) sigmatic κιχήσατο, act. ptc. κιχήσας (B. 5, 148); d) Dor. ἔκιξε = ἤνεγκε (Simm. 26, 7), ἀπέκιξαν (Ar. Ach. 869; Boeot.), κίξαντες ἐλθόντες, πορευθέντες, κίξατο εὗρεν, ἔλαβεν, ἤνεγκεν H.; fut. κιχήσομαι
    Origin: IE [Indo-European] [418] *ǵʰeh₁- `leave, abandon'
    Etymology: From a reduplic. root-present *κί-χη-μι (like τί-θη-μι) in κί-χη-μεν, κι-χή-την a. o. ( ἐκίχεις like ἐτίθεις), which were seen as aorist when the new present κιξάνω arose. Innovations are themat. ἔκιχεν etc. and the sigmatic κιχήσατο with fut. κιχήσομαι (Il.); Dorian created a diff. σ-aorist in ἔκιξε. Als last member of the new systems arose after ἔφθην, φθήσομαι: φθάνω the present κιχάνω; κιγχάνω arose after λαμβάνω etc. Schwyzer 688 w. n. 5, 698; Chantraine Gramm. hom. 1, 300; 392; 415; 446. - To *κί-χη-μι from IE. *ǵhi-ǵhē-mi agree but for the redupl. vowel Skt. já-hā-ti `leave, abandon', Av. za-zāi-ti `let go' (cf. e. g. δί-δω-μι beside dá-dā-ti); XX [unknown](aind. Aor. a-hā-t wie ἔ-βη-ν, Fut. hā-sya-ti).XX [unknown] An unredupl. full grade present in the Germanic verb for `go' vor; OHG, OE gān, OIc. gā; on the meaning cf. Skt. midd. jí-hī-te, 3. pl. jí-h- ate `go on, away' (with zero grade). Remote cognates are suggested in χάζομαι, χατέω, χήρα, χώρος; s. vv. Ruijgh en Van Krimpen, Mnemosyne XXII (1969) 113-136 find the meaning `abandon' in Myc. kekemena \/khekhemenā\/ `deserted (land)'. They think that the transition in meaning occurred in the sports, where a runner reaches and leaves = passes another. (LIV2 posits * gʷeh₁-, but there is no indication for a labio-velar.)
    Page in Frisk: 1,861-862

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > κιχά̄νω

  • 18 πίμπλημι

    πίμπλημι fut. πλήσω LXX; 1 aor. ἔπλησα; pf. mid. ptc. πεπλησμένα (Just.). Pass.: 1 fut. πλησθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐπλήσθην, ptc. πλησθείς (Hom. et al., pap, LXX, En; TestSol 6:5 D; TestJob 27:3; JosAs; SibOr 3, 311; Joseph.; Just., D. 73, 6.—On the spelling B-D-F §93; 101; Thackeray p. 110; Mlt-H. 106. Trans. in pres. and impf., whereas the corresp. πλήθω is intr. in these tenses.)
    ① to cause to be completely full, fill, fulfill
    ⓐ lit.
    α. of external, perceptible things τὶ someth. Lk 5:7. τί τινος someth. with someth. (Hom. et al.; PLond II, 453, 6 p. 319 [IV A.D.]; LXX) a sponge w. vinegar Mt 27:48; Mk 15:36 v.l.; J 19:29 v.l. Pass. (Jos., Ant. 3, 299) ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος [v.l. νυμφών] ἀνακειμένων Mt 22:10. ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως Ac 19:29.—ἡ οἰκία ἐπλήσθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς J 12:3 v.l. (Hom. Hymns, Dem. 280 αὐγῆς ἐπλήσθη δόμος).
    β. of a pers. inner life (Hom. et al.; Diod S 15, 37, 2 φρονήματος [with enthusiasm] ἐπίμπλαντο; PGM 13, 234 πλησθεὶς τῆς θεοσοφίας; LXX) pass. ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 48 §204) Lk 5:26; ἀνοίας 6:11; θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως Ac 3:10; ζήλου 5:17; 13:45; θυμοῦ (Da 3:19) Lk 4:28; χαρᾶς AcPl Ha 2, 15; 8, 7. Of the Holy Spirit (cp. Sir 48:12a; Pr 15:4.—Dio Chrys. 55 [72], 12 the Pythia is ἐμπιμπλαμένη τοῦ πνεύματος): πνεύματος ἁγίου πλησθήσεται Lk 1:15; cp. vss. 41, 67; Ac 2:4; 4:8, 31; 9:17; 13:9; AcPl Ha 6, 17. τῷ πνεύματι Hm 11, 9 (w. Ox 5 recto, 5; v.l. πληρωθείς).
    ⓑ fig.
    α. of prophecies, pass. be fulfilled Lk 1:20 v.l.; 21:22.
    β. of a period of time that passes or comes to an end, pass. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι the days came to an end Lk 1:23. A gen. added denotes the event that follows upon the expiration of the time: ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν the time came for her to give birth Lk 1:57 (cp. Hdt. 6, 63, 1; 69, 5 on period of gestation). Cp. 2:6, 21, 22.
    γ. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι αὐτῶν the measure of their iniquities has become full Hv 2, 2, 2.
    ② to satisfy a need totally, satiate pass. be satiated, have one’s fill τινός with or of someth. (Soph., Ant. 121; Epigram of Ptolemaeus: Anth. Pal. 9, 577 πίμπλαμαι ἀμβροσίης) τῆς ἀσεβείας 1 Cl 57:6 (Pr 1:31).—DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πίμπλημι

  • 19 πλήν

    ① adv. used as conj. (Trag.+), coming at the beginning of a sentence or clause: marker of someth. that is contrastingly added for consideration
    ⓐ adversative but: μὲν … πλήν (indeed) … but (s. B-D-F §447, 6; Rob. 1187) Lk 22:22.
    ⓑ only, nevertheless, but (πλήν rather than ἀλλά is the real colloq. word for this idea [Schmid I 133]), so in Mt and Lk but not in Ac (B-D-F §449, 1.—See L-S-J-M s.v. B III 2) πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν nevertheless I tell you Mt 11:22, 24 (ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν in the corresp. pass. Mt 10:15); 26:64 (Mt 17:12 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν; Mk 9:13 ἀλλὰ λέγω ὑμῖν; cp. ApcMos 39 πλὴν οὖν λέγω σοι). πλὴν οὐαί Mt 18:7; Lk 17:1 (οὐαὶ δὲ v.l.). πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλʼ ὡς σύ Mt 26:39; cp. Lk 22:42 (Mk 14:36 ἀλλʼ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω).—Lk 6:24, 35; 10:11, 14, 20; 11:41; 13:33; 18:8; 19:27; 22:21.—Also looking back at a neg. (TestZeb 1:5; JosAs 23:15; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 44, 2; 88, 7; 93, 1): μὴ κλαίετε ἐπʼ ἐμέ, πλὴν ἐφʼ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε do not weep for me, but (rather) weep for yourselves Lk 23:28. μὴ ζητεῖτε … πλὴν ζητεῖτε 12:(29–) 31.
    ⓒ only, in any case, on the other hand, but, breaking off a discussion and emphasizing what is important (JosAs 14:9; Mel., P. 95, 729; UPZ 110, 207 [164 B.C.]; Sb 6994, 28; B-D-F §449, 2; Rob. 1187; s. L-S-J-M s.v. B III 2), so in Paul 1 Cor 11:11; Eph 5:33; Phil 3:16; 4:14. Perh. 1:18 τί γάρ; πλὴν ὅτι … what then? In any case … (but the text is not certain; s. also d); Rv 2:25.
    ⓓ πλὴν ὅτι except that (Aristoph., Pla., Hdt. et al.; Hero Alex. I p. 188, 1; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 14, end; Plut., Cato Maj. 350 [23, 6]; Just., A I, 21, 4; D. 71, 3; Schwyzer II 543) Ac 20:23. Perh. also Phil 1:18 (s. c above) τί γὰρ πλὴν ὅτι … ; what then will come of it, except that … ?
    ⓔ breaking off and passing to a new subject only, but (exx. in L-S-J-M πλήν B III 2.—Polyb. 2, 17, 1; Plut., Pericl. 170 [34, 1]; Tat. 36, 1 begin new sections with πλήν) πλὴν ἰδοὺ ἡ χεὶρ κτλ. but here is (my informer’s) hand with mine on the table (the narration passes from the institution of the Eucharist to a prediction of Judas’s role as informer) Lk 22:21.
    ② used as prep. w. gen. as marker denoting an exception, except, in ref. to pers. or thing (since Od. 8, 207; ins, pap, LXX [Johannessohn, Präp. 342–44; Schwyzer II 542]; TestSol 13:12 C; TestAbr A 8 p. 85, 22 [Stone p. 18]; TestIss 7:2; JosAs 2:16; 5:10; ApcSed; Ar. 15, 3; Just., A I, 53, 6 al.; B-D-F §216, 2; Rob. 646 [cp. the use of παρὰ w. acc. in this sense Plut., Cat. Min. 768 (20), Ant. 918 (5); s. L-S-J-M παρὰ C III 5b]) mostly after neg. statements: Mk 12:32 (οὐκ ἄλλος πλήν as Jos., Ant. 1, 182); J 8:10 v.l.; Ac 15:28; 27:22. After a positive statement (Thu. 4, 54, 2; X., An. 2, 4, 27; Appian, Liby. 14 §59; Jos., Ant. 12, 422 ἔφυγον πάντες πλὴν ὀκτακοσίων) Ac 8:1.—DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πλήν

  • 20 στενός

    στενός, [dialect] Ion. [full] στεινός, ή, όν, [dialect] Aeol. [full] στένος Alc.Supp.34 (dub. l.):—
    A narrow, opp. εὐρύς, πλατύς, Hdt.2.8 ([comp] Sup.), 4.195, al.;

    ψαλίς S. Fr. 367

    ;

    δίαυλος E.Tr. 435

    ;

    ἐσβολή Hdt.7.175

     ([comp] Comp.); πόρος ib. 176;

    ἡ ἔσοδος Th.7.51

    ;

    οὔτ' εὐρεῖα οὔτε στενὴ διαφυγή Pl.Lg. 737a

    ; ἐν στενῷ, [dialect] Ion. στεινῷ, in a narrow space, A.Pers. 413, Hdt.8.60. β; ποιεῖν τὸν δῆμον εὐρὺν καὶ ς. Ar.Eq. 720;

    σ. ποδεών Hdt.8.31

    ;

    ἔντερον Ar.Nu. 161

    ; πόροι, φλέβες, Ti.Locr.101a, Pl.Ti. 66a; κεφαλή, πόδες, X.Cyn.5.30.
    2 Subst., τὰ ς. the narrows, straits, of a pass, Hdt.7.223; of a sea, Th.2.86, etc.; of the straits of Gibraltar, Str.3.5.5; so τὸ ς. the strait ([place name] Hellespont), Luc.DMar.9.1;

    ἐπὶ σ. τῆς ὁδοῦ X.HG7.1.29

    ; also ἡ στενή a narrow strip of land, Th.2.99; τὰ ς. passes, defiles, Phld.Rh.1.334 S.
    II metaph., close, confined, ἀπειληθέντες ἐς στεινόν driven into a corner, Hdt.9.34;

    σ. ζῶμεν χρόνον Men.410

    ;

    εἰς στενὸν κομιδῇ τὰ τῆς τροφῆς τινι καταστήσεται D.1.22

    ;

    εἰς σ. τοῦ καιροῦ φθείρεσθαι Alciphr.1.24

    .
    2 scanty, petty, Pl.Grg. 497c;

    ὑποθέσεις Plb.7.7.6

    ;

    ἐλπίδες D.H.4.52

    ;

    ἐρωτήσεις Philostr.VS2.30

    ; small-minded, narrow-minded, in Adv. [comp] Comp., PGiss. 40 ii7 (iii A.D.).
    3 of sound and style, thin, meagre, Arist.Aud. 803b24, Rh. 1413b15; hard to pronounce,

    συλλαβὴ σ. καὶ δύστομος Phld.Po.2.15

    .—Choerob. in Theod.2.76 H., EM 275.50 say that στενός, like κενός, forms the [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup. στενότερος, στενότατος, and these forms are explainable from Στενϝότερος, Στενϝότατος, which are implied by the Ionic forms στεινότερος, -ότατος ( στεινότερος occurs in Hdt.1.181, 7.175, [full] στενότερος in IG7.3073.109 (Lebad., ii B.C.), Pl.Phd. 111d, X.Cyr.2.4.3 with v.l.); and στενοτάτου is required by the metre in Scymn.922; the form στενώτερος is however found in Hp.VM22, Arist.PA 675a35, al.
    III Adv., στενῶς διακεῖσθαι to be in difficulties, PCair.Zen.498 (iii B.C.), PTeb. 760.19 (iii B.C.), D.L.8.86, cf. LXX 1 Ki.13.6.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > στενός

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Hump — was the name given by Allied pilots in the Second World War to the eastern end of the Himalayan Mountains over which they flew from India to China to resupply the Flying Tigers and the Chinese Government of Chiang Kai shek. The region is noted… …   Wikipedia

  • The Limo (Seinfeld) — The Limo Seinfeld episode Episode no. Season 3 Episode 19 Directed by Tom Cherones Teleplay by …   Wikipedia

  • The Kingdom of the Isles — is a fictional nation on Midkemia, a world created by a fantasy role playing group and popularized by Raymond E. Feist. The Kingdom of the Isles , or simply The Kingdom lies to the north of The Empire of Great Kesh on the continent of Triagia.… …   Wikipedia

  • The Story of the Malakand Field Force — The Story of the Malakand Field Force: An Episode of Frontier War was an 1898 book written by Winston Churchill; it was his first published work of non fiction.WritingIt details an 1897 military campaign on the Northwest Frontier (an area now… …   Wikipedia

  • The Mystery of Cloomber — is a novel by Scottish author Sir Arthur Conan Doyle. It is narrated by John Fothergill West, a Scot who has moved with his family from Edinburgh to Wigtownshire to care for the estate of his father s half brother, William Farintosh. It was first …   Wikipedia

  • The Slavs —     The Slavs     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Slavs     I. NAME     A. Slavs     At present the customary name for all the Slavonic races is Slav. This name did not appear in history until a late period, but it has superseded all others. The… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Gypsy Morph — infobox Book | name = The Gypsy Morph title orig = translator = image caption = First edition cover author = Terry Brooks illustrator = cover artist = country = United States language = English series = The Genesis of Shannara genre = Fantasy… …   Wikipedia

  • Passes-Dangereuses, Quebec — Passes Dangereuses   Unorganized territory   …   Wikipedia

  • The New School at West Heath — (often referred to simply as The New School) is an independent school for children for whom mainstream schooling has broken down, for varying reasons. While many are not mentally or physically disabled, many have been through harsh circumstances… …   Wikipedia

  • The Chronicles of Amber — is group of novels that comprise a fantasy series written by Roger Zelazny. The main series consists of two story arcs, each five novels in length. Additionally, there are a number of Amber short stories and other works. The Amber stories take… …   Wikipedia

  • The Mysterious Mr. Quin —   …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»